OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at
any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be
carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply
to your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO
YOUR HYUNDAI
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE
WARNING
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way.
Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations
established by the U.S. Department of
Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR
TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible
for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio
or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic
systems. For this reason, we recommend that you
carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you
choose to install one of these devices.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not
avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
F2
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected,
generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain
how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at:
https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer
Connect Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care
P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
800-633-5151
[email protected]
Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday,
between the hours of 5:00 AM and 7:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM
PST (English).
For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday
through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of
discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI we build.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with
your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.
This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you
can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that
do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the
specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2020 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored
in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI
Motor America.
F4
GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS
1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine
Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the
same parts used by HYUNDAI
Motor Company to manufacture
vehicles. They are designed and
tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability for our
customers.
2. Why should you use genuine
parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are
engineered and built to meet rigid
manufacturing
requirements.
Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage
parts is not covered under the
HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited
Warranty or any other HYUNDAI
warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts
caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or
used salvage part is not covered
by any HYUNDAI Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine
Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine
Parts Logo on the package (see
below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with
labels written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only
sold
through
authorized
HYUNDAI Dealerships.
F5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
SAFETY MESSAGES
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can
assist you in many ways. To gain an
overview of the contents of your
Owner's Manual, use the Table of
Contents in the front of the manual.
The first page of each Chapter
includes a detailed Table of Contents
of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about
your vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and
the page number where it can be
found.
For your convenience, we have
incorporated tabs on the right-hand
page edges. These tabs are coded
with the Chapter titles to assist you
with navigating through the manual.
Your safety, and the safety of others,
is very important. This Owner's
Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to
potential hazards that may hurt you
or others, as well as damage to your
vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
these hazards and what to do to
avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained
in this manual are for your safety.
Failure to follow safety warnings and
instructions can lead to serious injury
or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER,
WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and
the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will
be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to
potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol
to avoid possible injury or
death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words
DANGER, WARNING and
CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
will result in death or serious
injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious
injury.
F6
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation
which, if not avoided, could result
in vehicle damage.
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having an octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research
Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not
use methanol blended fuels)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine
and engine components, never
add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for additional information.
WARNING
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off
when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol or
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being marketed along with or
instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a gasohol
comprised of 15% ethanol and 85%
gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Either of these fuels may
cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
F7
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85"
may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI
recommends that customers do not
use fuel with an ethanol content
exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s
engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing
more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded
gasohol.
• Never use "E85" fuel.
Your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty does not cover damage
to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use
of "E85" fuel.
F8
Using Fuel Additives (except
Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor
acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to
the engine resulting in a reduction in
the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the
use of these fuels or fuel additives
may not be covered by your New
Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese-based fuel additives
such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl
Manganese Tricarbonyl).
HYUNDAI does not recommend the
use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on
the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use
good quality gasolines treated with
detergent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine.
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance
of the Emission Control System. For
more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com).
Introduction
For customers who do not use TOP
Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you
can purchase separately may be
added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline is not available,
one bottle of additive added to the
fuel tank according to the maintenance schedule is recommended
(refer to the Maintenance Schedule
in chapter 7).
Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along
with information on how to use them.
Do not mix other additives.
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle
could affect its performance, safety
or durability and may even violate
governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any
modification may not be covered
under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
F9
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or reproductive harm.
These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are
subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead, lead compounds
and other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and reproductive harm.
F10
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only
if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by
the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data
(e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as
law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Your vehicle at a glance
1
Safety system of your vehicle
2
Convenient features of your vehicle
3
Infotainment System
4
Driving your vehicle
5
What to do in an emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications, Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
8
Index
I
Your vehicle at a glance
1
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior Overview ..................................................1-2
Interior Overview ...................................................1-4
Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5
Engine Compartment .............................................1-6
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood......................................................3-43
5. Tires and wheels ..................................7-38
2. Headlamp ....................................3-91, 7-69
6. Side view mirror ....................................3-32
3. Daytime running light (DRL)..................3-90
7. Sunroof..................................................3-39
4. Turn signal lamp ....................................7-69
8. Wiper blade ..........................................7-32
9. Windows ................................................3-35
1-2
OOS017001
■ Rear view
1
Your vehicle at a glance
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Door ......................................................3-13
5. Liftgate ..................................................3-44
2. Fuel filler door ......................................3-46
6. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-77
3. Rear combination lamp ........................7-75
7. Defroster..............................................3-131
4. Turn signal lamp, Back-up lamp ............7-75
8. Rearview monitor ................................3-105
9. Antenna ..................................................4-2
OOS017002
1-3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle ................................3-14
2. Steering wheel ......................................3-19
3. Side view mirror control ........................3-33
4. Central door lock switch ........................3-15
5. Power window lock switch......................3-38
6. Power window switches ........................3-35
7. Seat..........................................................2-3
8. Instrument panel illumination
control switch ........................................3-50
9. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system ..................................................5-48
10. Head-up display button ........................3-88
11. Lane keeping assist (LKA) system ......5-80
12. ESC OFF button ..................................5-34
13. Hood release lever ..............................3-43
14. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ......3-20
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OOS017003N
1-4
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
[A-F] : Type A ~ Type F
OOS018004N
1-5
1
Your vehicle at a glance
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Instrument cluster....................................3-49
2. Horn ........................................................3-21
3. Driver’s front air bag ................................2-47
4. Key ignition switch/ ....................................5-6
Engine Start/Stop button ..........................5-9
5. Light control/Turn signals ........................3-90
6. Wiper/Washer ........................................3-101
7. Audio system/Navigation system ..............4-4
8. Hazard warning flasher switch ..................6-2
9. Manual climate control system/ ............3-110
Automatic climate control system..........3-118
10. Passenger's front air bag ......................2-47
11. Glove box ............................................3-133
12. USB charger ........................................3-158
13. Power outlet ........................................3-137
14. Automatic transmission shift lever/
Dual clutch transmission
shift lever ......................................5-14, 5-20
15. Drive mode button ................................5-46
16. Heated steering wheel ..........................3-20
17. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse)
OFF button ..........................................3-107
18. Seat warmer ..........................................2-18
19. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat............2-19
20. AWD lock button ....................................5-39
21. DBC button ............................................5-36
22. Cruise control/Smart cruise control
button/switch ................................5-93, 5-97
23. Cup holder ..........................................3-135
24. Steering wheel audio controls/ ................4-3
Bluetooth® wireless technology
hands-free controls..................................4-4
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir/
Engine coolant cap ...........................7-23
2. Fuse box ...........................................7-54
3. Battery ..............................................7-35
4. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-27
5. Air cleaner.........................................7-29
■ Nu 2.0 MPI
6. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-21
7. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-22
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-28
9. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-23
10. Engine coolant cap ........................7-23
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
1-6
OOS077001/OOS078071N
Safety system of your vehicle
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.
It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.
2
Important Safety Precautions..............................2-2
Child Restraint System (CRS).............................2-34
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2
Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2
Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2
Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2
Control Your Speed...........................................................2-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-2
Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-34
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-35
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-37
Seats ........................................................................2-3
Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-4
Front Seats .........................................................................2-5
Rear Seats.........................................................................2-11
Head Restraints ...............................................................2-14
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...................2-18
Seat Belts ..............................................................2-21
Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-21
Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-22
Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-23
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-30
Care of Seat Belts...........................................................2-33
Air Bag
- Advanced Supplemental Restraint System ...2-45
Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-47
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-50
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-55
Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-56
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-61
SRS Care............................................................................2-66
Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-67
Air Bag Warning Labels.................................................2-67
Safety system of your vehicle
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout
this section, and throughout this manual. The safety precautions in this section are among the most important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air bags,
ALWAYS make sure you and your
passengers wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
Restrain All Children
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants
and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
2-2
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they can
also cause serious or fatal injuries to
occupants who sit too close to them, or
who are not properly restrained. Infants,
young children, and shorter adults are
at the greatest risk of being injured by
an inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Driver Distraction
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers. Safety
should be the first concern when
behind the wheel and drivers need to
be aware of the wide array of potential
distractions, such as drowsiness,
reaching for objects, eating, personal
grooming, other passengers, and
using cellular phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel to
focus on activities other than driving.To
reduce your risk of distraction or getting into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices
(i.e., MP3 players, phones, navigation units, etc.) when your vehicle is
parked or safely stopped.
• ONLY use your mobile device when
allowed by laws and when conditions
permit safe use. NEVER text or
email while driving. Most states have
laws prohibiting drivers from texting.
Some states and cities also prohibit
drivers from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving. You
have a responsibility to your passengers and others on the road to
always drive safely, with your hands
on the wheel as well as your eyes
and attention on the road.
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater the
risk, but serious injuries can also occur
at lower speeds. Never drive faster than
is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum speed posted.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical
failure can be extremely hazardous. To
reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and
condition frequently, and perform all
regularly scheduled maintenance.
SEATS
Front seats
(1) Forward and backward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height
(4) Lumbar support (Driver's seat)*
(5) Seat warmer*/Air ventilation seat*
(6) Headrest
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear seats
(7) Armrest*
(8) Seatback folding
(9) Headrest
* : if equipped
[A] : Front seat, [B] : Rear seat
OOS037073N
2-3
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety Precautions
Adjusting the seats so that you are sitting in a safe, comfortable position
plays an important role in driver and
passenger safety together with the
seat belts and air bags in an accident.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that
reduces friction between the seat
and the passenger. The passenger's hips may slide under the
lap portion of the seat belt during
an accident or a sudden stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries
could result because the seat
belt cannot operate properly.
Air bags
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air
bag. Sitting too close to an air bag
greatly increases the risk of injury in
the event the air bag inflates.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) recommends
that drivers allow at least 10 inches
(25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and their chest.
2-4
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following precautions:
• Adjust the driver's seat as far to
the rear as possible while maintaining the ability to maintain
full control of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger seat
as far to the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the
rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
and 3 o'clock positions to minimize the risk of injuries to your
hands and arms.
• NEVER place anything or anyone between the steering wheel
and the air bag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the
dashboard to minimize the risk
of leg injuries.
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit
upright and be properly restrained.
Infants and small children must be
restrained in appropriate child restraint
systems. Adults and children who
have outgrown a booster seat must be
restrained using the seat belts.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for
more than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback
upright with the lap portion of
the seat belt snug and low
across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or small
infants to ride on a passenger's lap.
• Do not route the seat belt
across your neck, across sharp
edges, or reroute the shoulder
strap away from your body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to
become caught or jammed.
Front Seats
• Use extreme caution when
WARNING
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
Manual adjustment (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the levers located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control the steering wheel, foot pedals
and controls on the instrument
panel.
2-5
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond
with unexpected movement
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
• Do not place anything under
the front seats. Loose objects
in the driver's foot area could
interfere with the operation of
the foot pedals, causing an
accident.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position
and proper locking of the seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter
on the floor or seat. When you
operate the seat, gas may exit
out of the lighter causing a fire.
picking up small objects
trapped under the seats or
between the seat and the center console. Your hands might
be cut or injured by the sharp
edges of the seat mechanism.
• If there are occupants in the
rear seats, be careful while
adjusting the front seat position.
• Make sure that the seat is
locked in place after the
adjustment. If not, the seat
might move unexpectedly
resulting in an accident.
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the
protection of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
OOS037002
OOS037003
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment
lever and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place. Move
forward and rearward without using
the lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to
lock.)
2-6
NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should
ALWAYS sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
Power adjustment
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion. Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control
the steering wheel, foot pedals and
controls on the instrument panel.
WARNING
OOS037004
Seat cushion height
(for driver's seat)
To change the height of the seat
cushion:
• Push down on the lever several
times, to lower the seat cushion.
• Pull up on the lever several times,
to raise the seat cushion.
NEVER allow children in the
vehicle unattended. The power
seats are operable when the
vehicle is turned off.
2-7
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger's
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger's neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats
when the seat has moved as far
forward or rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats for
longer than necessary when the
vehicle is turned off. This may
result in unnecessary battery
drain.
• Do not operate two or more
seats at the same time. This may
result in an electrical malfunction.
2-8
OOS037005
OOS037006
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seatback angle
To adjust the seatback:
1. Rotate the top of control switch
forward or rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seatback reaches the desired position.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should
ALWAYS sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger's neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
2
OOSEV038001
Seat cushion tilt (1, if equipped)
To change the angle of the front part
of the seat cushion:
Push the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower
the front part of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion height (2, if equipped)
To change the height of the seat
cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower
the height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
2-9
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the
protection of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
Safety system of your vehicle
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
OOS037008
Lumbar support (if equipped)
To adjust the lumbar support:
1. Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support or
the rear portion of the switch (2) to
decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position.
2-10
OOS037017
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front seatbacks.
WARNING
To prevent the Occupant
Classification System from malfunctioning:
Do not hang onto the front passenger's seatback.
Rear Seats
Folding the rear seat
2
WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit
on top of the folded down
seatback while the vehicle is
moving. This is not a proper
seating position and no seat
belts are available for use.
This could result in serious
injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. This
could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
OOS037019N
2. Lower the rear head restraints to
the lowest position by pushing and
holding the release button (1) and
pushing down on the head
restraint (2).
2-11
Safety system of your vehicle
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
Safety system of your vehicle
OOS037020N
OOS037021N
3. Locate the seatbelt toward the
outboard position before folding
down the seatback. If not, the
seatbelt system may be interfered
by the seatback.
5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold
the seatback to the upright position. Push the seatback firmly until
it clicks into place. Make sure the
seatback is locked in place.
Return the belt in the guide
OOS037023N
4. Put out the belt from guide (1) and
pull up the seatback folding lever
(2), then fold the seat toward the
front of the vehicle.
2-12
OOS037022N
WARNING
WARNING
Do not place objects in the rear
seats, since they cannot be
properly secured and may hit
vehicle occupants in a collision
causing serious injury or death.
Armrest (if equipped)
Make sure the vehicle is off, the
shift lever is in P (Park), and the
parking brake is securely applied
whenever loading or unloading
cargo. Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move if
the shift lever is inadvertently
moved to another position.
2
NOTICE
OOS037024N
• Be careful when loading cargo
through the rear passenger
seats to prevent damage to the
vehicle interior.
• When cargo is loaded through
the rear passenger seats,
ensure the cargo is properly
secured to prevent it from moving while driving.
• Unsecured cargo in the passenger compartment can cause
damage to the vehicle or injury
to it's occupants.
The armrest is located in the center
of the rear seat. Use the strap in the
center of the armrest to pull it down.
2-13
Safety system of your vehicle
When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright
position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. Ensure that the
seatback is completely locked
into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden
stop, the unlocked seatback
could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter
the passenger compartment,
which could result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
Head Restraints
The vehicle's front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints. The
head restraints provide comfort for
passengers, but more importantly
they are designed to help protect
passengers from whiplash and other
neck and spinal injuries during an
accident, especially in a rear impact
collision.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death in an accident,
take the following precautions
when adjusting your head
restraints:
• Always properly adjust the
head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the
vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a
seat with the head restraints
removed or reversed.
2-14
NOTICE
•
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or
pull on the head restraints.
CAUTION
OLF034072N
Adjust the head restraints so
the middle of the head
restraint is at the same height
as the height of the top of the
eyes.
• NEVER adjust the head
restraint position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is
in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as
close to the passenger's head
as possible. Do not use a seat
cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint
locks into position after adjusting it.
When there is no occupant in
the rear seats, adjust the height
of the headrest to the lowest
position. The rear seat headrest
can reduce the visibility of the
rear area.
Front seat head restraints
2
OOSEV038012L
The vehicle's front and passenger's
seats are equipped with adjustable
head restraints for the passengers
safety and comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the head restraint
and seat cushion raised, the head
restraint may come in contact with
the sunvisor or other parts of the
vehicle.
2-15
Safety system of your vehicle
OLF034015
OOS037061
Safety system of your vehicle
■ Type A
2. Raise the head restraint as far as it
can go.
3. Press the head restraint release
button (3) while pulling the head
restraint up (4).
■ Type A
OOS037011
OOSEV038004
■ Type B
■ Type B
OOS037012
OOSEV038005
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward
using the seatback angle lever/
switch (1).
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the
release button (1).
2-16
2. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward
using the seatback angle lever/
switch (3).
CAUTION
• Adjust the headrests so the
middle of the head restraints
is at the same height as the
height of the top of the eyes.
2
OOS037018N
• When seating on the rear seat,
do not adjust the height of the
head restraints to the lowest.
OPDE036069
The rear seats are equipped with
head restraints in all the seating
positions for the passenger's safety
and comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
2-17
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear seat head restraints
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Warmers and Air
Ventilation Seats
Front seat warmers (if equipped)
• People taking medication that
can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness.
Seat warmers are provided to warm
the seats during cold weather.
WARNING
OOS037018N
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go.
2. Press the head restraint release
button (2) while pulling the head
restraint up (1).
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles into
the holes (3) while pressing the
release button (2).
2. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
2-18
The seat warmers can cause a
SERIOUS BURN, even at low
temperatures and especially if
used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel
if the seat is becoming too warm
so they can turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the
skin should use extreme caution, especially the following
types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or
who burn easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the
seat that insulates against heat
when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat
cushion. This may cause the
seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat
warmers and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
or gasoline to clean the seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped with
seat warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover. It
may damage the seat warmer.
• Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat is
changed as follows :
→
HIGH (
While the engine is running, push
either of the switches to warm the
driver's seat or front passenger's
seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
→
OOS037015
[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B
)
MIDDLE (
)
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the seat
warmer operating, the seat warmer
will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position each time the ignition
switch is turned to the ON position.
i Information
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in the
seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
OOS037016
The air ventilation seats are provided
to cool the front seats by blowing air
through small vent holes on the surface of the seat cushions and seatbacks.
When the operation of the air ventilation seat is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
While the engine is running, push the
switch to cool the driver's seat or the
front passenger's seat.
2-19
Safety system of your vehicle
LOW (
2
)
→
→
OFF
Front air ventilation seat
(if equipped)
Safety system of your vehicle
• Each time you push the switch, the
airflow changes as follows:
→
HIGH (
)
→
LOW (
)
→
→
OFF
MIDDLE (
)
• When pressing the switch for more
than 1.5 seconds with the air ventilation seat operating, the operation
will turn OFF.
• The air ventilation seats defaults to
the OFF position each time the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the air ventilation seat:
• Use the air ventilation seat ONLY
when the climate control system
is on. Using the air ventilation
seat for prolonged periods of
time with the climate control system off could cause the air ventilation seat to malfunction.
• Never use a solvent such as paint
thinner, benzene, alcohol or gasoline to clean the seats.
2-20
• Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks; this may cause the air vent
holes to become blocked and not
work properly.
• Do not place materials such as
plastic bags or newspapers under
the seats. They may block the air
intake causing the air vents to not
work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It
may damage the air ventilation
seat.
• If the air vents do not operate,
restart the vehicle. If there is no
change, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the
seat belts properly. It also describes
some of the things to avoid when
using seat belts.
• NEVER allow children to ride
Always fasten your seat belt and
make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting
any trip. Air bags are designed to
supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a
substitute. Most states require all
occupants of a vehicle to wear seat
belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following
precautions when adjusting and
wearing seat belts:
• ALWAYS properly restrain
children under age 13 in the
rear seats.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Do not latch the seat belt into
the buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle interfering with the
seat belt latch mechanism.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user
which will either prevent the
seat belt adjusting devices
from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt
assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
2-21
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
in the front passenger seat. If
a child age 13 or older must be
seated in the front seat, move
the seat as far back as possible and properly restrain them
in the seat.
NEVER allow an infant or child
to be carried on an occupant’s
lap.
NEVER ride with the seatback
reclined when the vehicle is
moving.
Do not allow children to share
a seat or seat belt.
Do not wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back.
Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of
the lap/shoulder belt.
Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt
will not protect you properly
in an accident.
Do not use a seat belt if the
webbing or hardware is damaged.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat
belt assemblies will not operate
properly. Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing
• Damaged hardware
• The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an
accident, even if damage to
webbing or assembly is not
apparent
Seat Belt Warning Light
Seat belt warning light
(for driver's seat)
OLMB033022
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you place the ignition switch to the
ON position regardless of belt fastening. However, if the seat belt is
unfasted, a warning chime will sound
for approximately 6 seconds.
2-22
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 6 mph
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay
illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 12 mph
(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning
light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning light will illuminate
until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
Seat belt warning light
(for front passenger's seat)
■ For USA
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
WARNING
The front passenger's seat belt
warning light may not properly
operate if the front passenger
does not sit properly in the seat.
OOS037080C
2-23
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OOS037080N
■ For Canada
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger's seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you
place the ignition switch to the ON
position regardless of belt fastening.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 6 mph
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay
illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 12 mph
(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning
light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the
seat belt warning light will illuminate
until the seat belt is fastened.
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Belt Restraint System
• Position one arm under the
shoulder belt and the other over
the belt, as shown in the illustration.
• Always position the shoulder
belt anchor into the locked
position at the appropriate
height.
• Never position the shoulder
belt across your neck or face.
Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking
retractor
OLMB033025
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts
may increase the risk of serious
injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible
across your hips, not on your
waist, so that it fits snugly.
2-24
OLMB033087
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab (1) into the
buckle (2). There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle.
NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from
the retractor, firmly pull the seat
belt out and release it. After
release, you will be able to pull the
belt out smoothly.
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your
chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that it
fits snugly around your hips. If you
lean forward in a slow, easy motion,
the belt will extend and move with
you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
OOS037060
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
2-25
Safety system of your vehicle
ODH033053
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the
three different positions for maximum
comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so it lies across your chest
and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck.
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3point system with convertible
locking retractor
OHI038142
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not
twisted, then try again.
2-26
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking
retractor seat belt and an automatic
locking retractor seat belt. Convertible
retractor type seat belts are installed in
the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child
restraint systems. Although a convertible retractor is also installed in the
front passenger seat position, NEVER
place any infant/child restraint system
in the front seat of the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible "click"
when the tab locks into the buckle.
When not securing a child restraint,
the seat belt operates in the same way
as the driver's seat belt (Emergency
Locking Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts to the proper length only
after the lap belt portion of the seat
belt is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint
System" section in this chapter.
Rear center seat belt
NOTICE
2
ODH033057
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not
twisted, then try again.
OOSEV038031L
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the "CENTER" mark
must be used.
WARNING
Make sure that the seatback is
locked in place when using the
rear center seat belt.
If not, the seatback may move
when there is a sudden stop or
collision, which could result in
serious injury.
2-27
Safety system of your vehicle
Although the seat belt retractor
provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in
either emergency or automatic
locking modes, the emergency
locking mode allows seated passengers to move freely in their
seat while keeping some tension
on the belt. During a collision or
sudden stop, the retractor automatically locks the belt to help
restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking mode, unbuckle the seat belt
and allow the belt to fully retract.
Safety system of your vehicle
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(Driver and front passenger)
OTL035053
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's Pre-tensioner
Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner
and Emergency Fastening Device
System). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to make sure the seat belts
fit tightly against the occupant's body
in certain frontal or side collision(s).
The Emergency Fastening Device
System may be activated in certain
crashes where the frontal collision(s)
is severe enough, together with the air
bags.
2-28
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal or
side collision(s), the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt into
tighter contact against the occupant's body.
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
(2) Emergency Fastening Device
System
The purpose of the Emergency
Fastening Device System is to
make sure that the pelvis belts fit
in tightly against the occupant’s
lower body in certain frontal collision(s).
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will
release some of the pressure on the
affected seat belt.
WARNING
• Always wear your seat belt and
sit properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
•
•
•
•
loose or twisted. A loose or
twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely
affect the buckle and cause it
to function improperly.
Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an
accident.
NEVER inspect, service, repair
or replace the pre-tensioners
yourself. This must be done by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
NOTICE
WARNING
OLMB033040/Q
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
4. Emergency Fastening Device
System
The sensor that activates the SRS
air bag is connected with the
pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS
air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds after the
ignition switch is in the ON position, and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is
not malfunctioning. If the warning
light does not illuminate, stays
illuminated or illuminates when
the vehicle is being driven, have
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the pre-tensioner seat
belts and SRS air bags as soon as
possible.
2-29
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the
pre-tensioners become hot and
can burn you.
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
• Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat
belts may be activated in certain
frontal or side collisions or
rollovers.
• When the pre-tensioner seat
belts are activated, a loud noise
may be heard and fine dust,
which may appear to be smoke,
may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal
operating conditions and are not
hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation
and should not be inhaled for
prolonged periods. Wash all
exposed skin areas thoroughly
after an accident in which the
pre-tensioner seat belts were
activated.
2-30
WARNING
• Fasten your seat belt while
sitting properly in an upright
position to maximize the
effectiveness of the pre-tensioner seat belt system.
• A pre-tensioner seat belt system is designed to activate
only once. Replace the pretensioner seat belt system, if it
was activated in an accident.
Additional Seat Belt Safety
Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat
belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away
from your neck. Place the lap belt line
so that it fits snugly and as low as possible across the hips, not across the
abdomen.
WARNING
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices,
including booster seats. The age at
which seat belts can be used instead
of child restraints differs among
states, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling. Infant
and child restraints must be properly
placed and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the
"Child Restraint Systems" section in
this chapter.
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants
and small children in a child
restraint appropriate for the
child's height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to a child and
other passengers, NEVER hold a
child in your lap or arms when
the vehicle is moving.The violent
forces created during an accident will tear the child from your
arms and throw the child against
the interior of the vehicle.
2-31
2
Safety system of your vehicle
• A pregnant woman or a
patient is more vulnerable to
any imapcts on the abdomen
during an abrupt stop or accident. If you are in an accident
while pregnant, we recommend you consult your doctor.
• To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to an unborn
child during an accident,
pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion
of the seat belt above or over
the area of the abdomen
where the unborn child is
located.
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
Safety system of your vehicle
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a
child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213.
The restraint must be appropriate for
your child’s height and weight. Check
the label on the child restraint for this
information. Refer to the "Child
Restraint Systems" section in this
chapter.
2-32
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are
too large for a booster seat must
always occupy the rear seat and use
the available lap/shoulder belts. A
seat belt should lie across the upper
thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child
safely. Check belt fit periodically.
Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when
they are restrained by a proper
restraint system and/or seat belts in
the rear seat. Always have the
LATCH system inspected by your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an
accident. An accident can damage
the LATCH system and may not
properly secure the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child
must be securely restrained by the
available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need
to be returned to an appropriate
booster seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
• Always make sure children
are wearing their seat belts
and that they are properly
adjusted before driving.
• NEVER allow the shoulder
belt to contact the child’s
neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one
child to use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve
the maximum effectiveness of the
restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front or rear
seats are in a reclined position.
• NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
• Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
Care of Seat Belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no
damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation
should be directed to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
2-33
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Do not lie down
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully
struck by an inflating air bag
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH.
2-34
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident,
sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Even with air bags,
children can be seriously injured
or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/
weight restrictions at which seat
belts can be used instead of child
restraints differs among states, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be properly placed and installed in the rear
seat. You must use a commercially
available child restraint system that
meets the requirements of the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle
seat by lap belt portion of a
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.
Child restraint system (CRS)
WARNING
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk
of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when
using a child restraint system:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger's seat.
• Always properly secure the
child restraint to a rear seat of
the vehicle.
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint
prevents proper installation of
a child seat (as described in
the child restraint system
manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating position shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or
a child safety seat that
"hooks" over a seatback, it
may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have a
HYUNDAI dealer check the
child restraint system, seat
belts, tether anchors and
lower anchors.
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a child restraint based on
your child's height and weight. The
required label or the instructions
for use typically provide this information.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation
and use provided with the child
restraint system.
2-35
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
Safety system of your vehicle
Child restraint system types
Continue to use a rear-facing child
seat for as long as your child will fit
within the height and weight limits
allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep them
safe. Once your child has outgrown
the rear-facing child restraint, your
child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing seats,
forward-facing seats, and booster
seats. They are classified according
to the child's age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child seats
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
2-36
OOS037028N
A rear-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place,
and in an accident, acts to keep the
child positioned in the seat and
reduce the stress to the neck and
spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rear-facing infant child
restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight
limits for the rear-facing position,
allowing you to keep your child rearfacing for a longer period of time.
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a
harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing child restraint, your child is
ready for a booster seat.
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
WARNING
2
Before installing your child
restraint system always:
• Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
• Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint
systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings
and instructions could increase
the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH if an accident occurs.
WARNING
If the vehicle headrest prevents
proper installation of a child
seat (as described in the child
seat system manual, the headrest of the respective seating
position shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
2-37
Safety system of your vehicle
OOS037029N
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed
to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system. A booster seat positions
the seat belt so that it fits properly
over the lap of your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat until
they are big enough to sit in the seat
without a booster and still have the
seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to
fit properly, the lap belt must lie snugly across the upper thighs, not the
stomach. The shoulder belt should lie
snug across the shoulder and chest
and not across the neck or face.
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must always
be properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury.
Safety system of your vehicle
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child
restraint to the vehicle. All child
restraints must be secured to the
vehicle with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt or with the
LATCH system. If using the
lap/shoulder belt for your child
restraint, the convertible locking
retractor should be pulled all the
way out to engage the "automatic
locking" mode. (See page 2-42.)
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward-and-back
and side-to-side to verify that it is
securely attached to the seat. A
child restraint secured with a seat
belt should be installed as firmly as
possible. However, some side-toside movement can be expected.
2-38
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To
prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before
placing your child in the child
restraint.
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to
make installation of the child restraint
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your child
restraint. The LATCH system uses
anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need
to use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to
use the child seat with its attachments
for the LATCH lower anchors.
WARNING
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions. Their locations are
shown in the illustration. There are no
LATCH anchors provided for the center rear seating position.
2
OOS037033L
[A] : ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator,
[B] : ISOFIX Anchorage
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right rear seat backs to identify the
position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
2-39
Safety system of your vehicle
OOSEV038012
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH
anchors in the rear center seating position.There are no LATCH
anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision
resulting in serious injury or
death.
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint with
the LATCH anchors system
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away from
the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the child
restraint and the lower anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the vehicle seat, then attach the seat to the
lower anchors according to the
instructions provided by the child
restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions
for properly adjusting and tightening
the lower attachments on the child
restraint to the lower anchors.
2-40
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• To prevent the child from
reaching and taking hold of
unretracted seat belts, buckle
all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing
behind the child. Children can
be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around
their neck and the seat belt
tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
anchor. This could cause the
anchor or attachment to come
loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an
accident. An accident can
damage the LATCH system
and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb (30
kg).
How to determine an appropriate
child restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint
weight < 65 lb (30kg)
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause
the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap
to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not
work properly if attached to
something else.
• Do not use the tether anchors
for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items
or equipment to the vehicle.
2
OOS037032N
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether strap
over the child restraint seatback.
Route the tether strap under the
head restraint and between the
head restraint posts, or route the
tether strap over the top of the vehicle seatback. Make sure the strap is
not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to the
tether anchor, then tighten the tether strap according to the child seat
manufacturer’s instructions to firmly
secure the child restraint to the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side.
2-41
Safety system of your vehicle
OOS037031N
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether
strap be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether strap to the top tether
strap anchor.
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the rear of the seatbacks.
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint with
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in serious injury or death
if the child restraint is struck by
an inflating air bag.
2-42
OLMB033044
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually pull the
seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the "Automatic Locking"
mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To
secure a child restraint system, use
the following procedure.
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or through the child
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is
not twisted.
Make sure to insert the belt into
the guide(1).
NOTICE
When using the rear center seat
belt, you should also refer to the
"Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3point system" section in this
chapter.
2
OLMB033045
OLMB033097
2. Make sure to insert the belt into
the guide (1) and check that the
seat belt is not twisted.
3. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
4. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat
belt all the way out. When the shoulder portion of the seat belt is fully
extended, it will shift the retractor to
the "Automatic Locking" (child
restraint) mode.
i Information
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
2-43
Safety system of your vehicle
OOS037030N
Safety system of your vehicle
OLMB033098
5. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
the seat belt to retract and listen for
an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting"
sound. This indicates that the
retractor is in the "Automatic
Locking" mode. If no distinct sound
is heard, repeat steps 3 and 4.
6. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
7. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
8. Double check that the retractor is
in the "Automatic Locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the "Automatic
Locking" mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the
"Automatic Locking" mode, the
child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
in the car, including manually
pulling the seat belt all the way
out to shift the rectractor to the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
2-44
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
2
Safety system of your vehicle
1. Driver's front air bag
2. Passenger's front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOS037034N
2-45
Safety system of your vehicle
This vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Air Bag
System for the driver's seat and front
passenger's seats.
The front air bags are designed to
supplement the three-point seat
belts. For these air bags to provide
protection, the seat belts must be
worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed
in an accident if you are not wearing
a seat belt. Air bags are designed to
supplement seat belts, but do not
replace them. Also, air bags are not
designed to deploy in every collision.
In some accidents, the seat belts are
the only restraint protecting you.
2-46
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,
everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in
a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt
when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front
passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant
or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the
safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older
must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted
and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked
and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident,
the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant
causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at
least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and
the chest.
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front
air bags
OOS037035
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation within
two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity, the
SRS Control Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to
properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury
in an accident.
■ Passenger’s front air bag
OOS037039
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt system
alone.
2-47
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts
at both the driver and passenger
seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which
are located in the center of the steering wheel, in the driver's side lower
crash pad below the steering wheel
column and the passenger's side
front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the
pad covers.
■ Driver’s front air bag
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
front air bags, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags,
while still maintaining control
of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or
center console.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder,
cup holder, perfume or stickers)
should be placed over or near
the air bag modules on the
steering wheel, instrument
panel, windshield glass, and the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box. Such objects
could cause harm if the vehicle
is in a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
2-48
Side air bags
The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
The side and curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle may deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
The side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
OOS037040
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
side air bag, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
OOS037041
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and the front passenger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
• Do not install any accessories
lean their heads or bodies
onto doors, put their arms on
the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place
objects between the doors
and seats.
Hold the steering wheel at the
9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of
injuries to your hands and
arms.
Do not use any accessory
seat covers. This could reduce
or prevent the effectiveness
of the system.
Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
on the side or near the side air
bags.
• Do not put any objects
between the side airbag label
and seat cushion. It could
cause harm if the vehicle is in
a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
• Do not cause impact to the
doors when the ignition
switch button is in the ON
position as this may cause the
side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is
damaged, have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
•
•
•
•
Curtain air bags
2
OOS037042
OOS037043
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
2-49
Safety system of your vehicle
• Do not allow passengers to
Safety system of your vehicle
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants
in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
The side and curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle may deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
curtain air bag, take the following precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help
keep occupants positioned
properly.
2-50
• Properly
•
•
•
•
secure
child
restraints as far away from the
door as possible.
Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
Do not hang other objects
except clothes, especially
hard or breakable objects. In
an accident, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal
injury.
Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
Do not open or repair the side
curtain air bags.
How Does the Air Bag System
Operate?
OOS037063N
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors (acceleration)
10. Side impact sensors (pressure)
11. Seat belt buckle sensor
12. Emergency Fastening Device
System
13. Occupant classification system
The SRS (Supplement Restraint
System) air bag warning light on the
instrument panel displays the air bag
symbol depicted in the illustration.
The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The
light indicates that there is a potential
malfunction with your air bag system,
which could include your side and
curtain air bags used for rollover protection.
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air
bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the
risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately six seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately six
seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the
engine is running.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer inspect the SRS as soon
as possible if any of these conditions occur.
2-51
2
Safety system of your vehicle
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while
the ignition switch is in the ON position
to determine if a crash impact is
severe enough to require air bag
deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt
deployment.
SRS warning light
Safety system of your vehicle
During a frontal collision, sensors will
detect the vehicle's deceleration. If
the rate of deceleration is high
enough, the control unit will inflate
the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the
driver and front passenger by
responding to frontal impacts in
which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide
protection in the event of a side
impact or rollover.
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ON position.
• Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to help
protect the occupants from serious
physical injury.
• Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision, its direction, etc. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/inflation signal.
2-52
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you
will simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in certain
side collisions, vehicles equipped
with a rollover sensor, side and
curtain air bags will inflate if the
sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side
and curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the air
bags must inflate rapidly. The speed
of air bag inflation is a consequence
of extremely short time in which to
inflate the air bag between the
occupant and the vehicle structures
before the occupant impacts those
structures. This speed of inflation
reduces the risk of serious or lifethreatening injuries and is thus a
necessary part of air bag design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation
can also cause injuries which can
include facial abrasions, bruises
and broken bones because the
inflation speed also causes the air
bags to expand with a great deal of
force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the air
bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the air bag.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following precautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint
in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear
seats of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s
and driver's seats as far to the
rear as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions.
• Never place anything or anyone between the air bag and
the seat occupant.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
■ Driver's front air bag (1)
2
OTLA035107
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically
deploy the front air bags.
2-53
Safety system of your vehicle
You can take steps to help reduce
the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting
too close to the air bag. An air bag
needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of
space to inflate. NHTSA recommends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of
the steering wheel and the chest.
Safety system of your vehicle
■ Driver's front air bag (2)
■ Driver's front air bag (3)
OTLA035108
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk
of head and chest injury.
WARNING
OTLA035109
■ Passenger's front air bag
OLMB033057
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
2-54
To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when
the passenger's air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any
objects (drink holder, CD
holder, stickers, etc.) on the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of
liquid air freshener near the
instrument cluster or on the
instrument panel surface.
What to Expect After an Air
Bag Inflates
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take
the following precautions:
• Open your windows and doors
as soon as possible after
impact to reduce prolonged
exposure to the smoke and
powder released by the inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage area's internal components immediately after an air
bag has inflated. The parts
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
areas thoroughly with cold
and mild soap.
• Always have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer replace the
air bag immediately after
deployment. Air bags are
designed to be used only
once.
Noise and smoke from inflating
air bag
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and may produce
smoke and powder in the air inside of
the vehicle. This is normal and is a
result of the ignition of the air bag
inflator. After the air bag inflates, you
may feel substantial discomfort in
breathing because of the contact of
your chest with both the seat belt and
the air bag, as well as from breathing
the smoke and powder. The powder
may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing
problems after an air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and seek
medical attention if the symptoms
persist.
2-55
2
Safety system of your vehicle
After a frontal or side air bag inflates,
it will deflate very quickly. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver
from seeing out of the windshield or
being able to steer. Curtain air bags
may remain partially inflated for
some time after they deploy.
• Always wash exposed skin
Safety system of your vehicle
Occupant Classification
System (OCS)
■ For USA
OOS037081N
■ For Canada
OOS038081C
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System
(OCS) in the front passenger's seat.
2-56
Main components of the
Occupant Classification System
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to determine
whether the passenger air bag
systems should be activated or
deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words "PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF" indicating the front passenger air bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with
the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect
the presence of a properly-seated
front passenger and determine if the
passenger's front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the
risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger
seat occupants, such as children, by
requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For example, if a child restraint of the
type specified in the regulations is on
the seat, the occupant classification
sensor can detect it and cause the
air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and
wearing the seat belt properly,
should not cause the passenger air
bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For small adults it may be turned
OFF, however, if the occupant does
not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting
on the edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could
cause the sensor to turn the air bag
OFF.
You will find the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator on the center
fascia panel. This system detects the
conditions 1-4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Indicator/Warning light
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Devices
"PASSENGER
Front passenger
SRS
AIR BAG OFF"
warning light
air bag
indicator light
1. Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
2. Infant * or child restraint
system with 12 months old *3 *4
On
Off
Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system
Off
On
Activated
2
*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front
passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique
and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize
him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months
to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is
a normal condition.
2-57
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
the most effective protection by the
air bag and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can affect the classification system.
These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the
front of the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard
or resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear
or hip protection wear.
• Putting an additional thick cushion
on the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (e.g.
notebook, satellite radio) on the
seat with inverter charging.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when it is unoccupied by a
passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
• NEVER put a heavy load in
• NEVER ride with the seat-
the front seat or seatback
pocket, or hang any items
on the front passenger
seat.
back reclined when the
vehicle is moving.
OLMB033103
OVQ036013NB
• NEVER place your feet or
• NEVER place your feet on
legs on the dashboard.
the front passenger seatback.
OLMB033100
OLMB033101
2-58
OLMB033102
• NEVER sit with your hips
• NEVER lean on the door or
shifted towards the front
of the seat.
center console or sit on
one side of the front passenger seat.
OLMB033104
• Do not place electronic
ger seat wearing heavily
padded clothes such as
ski wear and hip protector.
devices such as laptops,
DVD player, or conductive
materials such as water
bottles on the passenger
seat.
• Do not use electronic
devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which
use inverter chargers.
ODH035900K
ODH035902K
• If large quantity of liquid
• Do not use car seat
accessories such as thick
blankets and cushions
which cover up the car
seat surface.
ODH035901K
ODH035903K
has been spilled on the
passenger seat, the air
bag warning light may
illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the
seat has been completely
dried before driving the
vehicle.
• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may
result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.
2-59
2
Safety system of your vehicle
• Do not sit on the passen-
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
B990A01O
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position and ask the passenger
to sit properly (sitting upright with the
seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their
seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor).
Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position. This will
allow the system to detect the person
and to enable the passenger air bag.
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
2-60
Never allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front passenger
seat when the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag
will not inflate if the indicator is
illuminated. Have your passenger reposition himself in the
seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator remains illuminated after the passenger
repositions himself properly and
the vehicle is restarted, have the
passenger move to the rear seat
because the air bag will not
inflate.
NOTICE
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON
position or after the engine is
started. If the front passenger seat
is occupied, the OCS will then
classify the front passenger after
several more seconds.
Do Not Install a Child Restraint
in the Front Passenger's Seat
1JBH3051
Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the OCS, never install a child
restraint in the front passenger's seat.
An inflating air bag can forcefully
strike a child or child restraint resulting in serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
• NEVER place a rear-facing or
Air bags are not designed to inflate in
every collision. There are certain
types of accidents in which the air bag
would not be expected to provide
additional protection. These include
rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as
well as low speed impacts. Damage
to the vehicle indicates a collision
energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag
should have inflated.
Air bag collision sensors
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and
causing serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
• Do not perform maintenance
on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of
the sensors is altered, the air
bags may deploy when they
should not or may not deploy
when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards
or replace the bumper with a
non-genuine HYUNDAI parts.
This may adversely affect the
collision and air bag deployment performance.
• Place the ignition switch in
the LOCK/OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being
towed to prevent inadvertent
air bag deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs conducted by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
2-61
2
Safety system of your vehicle
front-facing child restraint in
the front passenger's seat of
the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag
could forcefully strike a child
resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child
restraint in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off
in a Collision?
Safety system of your vehicle
1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side pressure sensor
4. Side impact sensor
OOS037044/OOS037045/OOS037046/OOS037047/OOS037048
2-62
Air bag inflation conditions
OOS037049
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the severity of impact of the front collision.
OOSEV038028
Side and curtain air bags
Side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the severity of impact
resulting from a side impact collision.
2-63
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OOS037050
Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to
inflate only in frontal collisions, they
also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact. Side and
curtain air bags are designed to
inflate only in side impact collisions
or rollover situations, but they may
inflate in other collisions if the side
impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OOS037052
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags
are designed not to deploy in such
cases because they may not provide
benefits beyond the protection of the
seat belts.
2-64
OOS037053
OOS037054
Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward by
the force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not provide
any additional benefit.
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move in the direction of the collision,
and thus in side impacts, front air bag
deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags
may inflate depending on the severity of impact.
2
OOS037055
OTL035068
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would
not be able to provide any additional
benefit, and thus the sensors may
not deploy any air bags.
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to "ride" under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"underride" collisions.
Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because air bag
deployment could not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags
may inflate when the vehicle is rolled
over by a side impact collision.
2-65
Safety system of your vehicle
OTL035069
Safety system of your vehicle
SRS Care
OOS037056
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility
poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.
2-66
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is in the
ON position, or continuously remains
on, have your vehicle immediately
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Improper handling of the SRS system
may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, take the following precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges
to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, or the front passenger’s panel above the glove
box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers
with a soft cloth moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and
proper deployment of the system.
• Always have inflated air bags
replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If components of the air bag
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out
of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is
not wearing a seat belt during a
crash or emergency stop can be
thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or be
ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on
seat belts. Devices claiming to
improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and
increase the chance of serious injury
in a crash.
Air Bag Warning Labels
2
OAD035053N
Air bag warning labels, required by
the U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), are
attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air
bag system. Be sure to read all of the
information about the air bags that
are installed on your vehicle in this
Owners Manual.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
2-67
Safety system of your vehicle
system must be discarded, or if
the vehicle must be scrapped,
certain safety precautions
must be observed. Consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
the necessary information.
Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk of
personal injury.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint
system sensing components and
wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate
a disability, contact the HYUNDAI
Customer Connect Center at 800633-5151.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Accessing Your Vehicle .........................................3-3
Remote Key.........................................................................3-3
Smart Key............................................................................3-6
Immobilizer System.........................................................3-11
Door Locks............................................................3-13
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle....3-13
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .......3-14
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-16
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ...............................3-17
Theft-Alarm System............................................3-18
Steering Wheel .....................................................3-18
Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-18
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering..............................3-19
Heated Steering Wheel (for Canada).........................3-20
Horn....................................................................................3-21
Mirrors...................................................................3-21
Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-21
Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-32
Windows ................................................................3-35
Power Windows ...............................................................3-36
Sunroof..................................................................3-39
Sunroof opening and closing.......................................3-40
Sliding the sunroof .........................................................3-40
Tilting the sunroof..........................................................3-40
Sunshade...........................................................................3-41
Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-41
Sunroof Open Warning..................................................3-42
Exterior Features.................................................3-43
Hood ...................................................................................3-43
Liftgate ..............................................................................3-44
Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-46
Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-49
Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-50
Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-51
Transmission shift indicator .........................................3-54
Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-55
LCD Display Messages ...................................................3-67
LCD Display ...........................................................3-72
LCD Display Control........................................................3-72
LCD Display Modes.........................................................3-73
Trip Computer .......................................................3-83
Head Up Display (HUD).......................................3-87
Lighting..................................................................3-90
Exterior Lights .................................................................3-90
Smart cornering lamp ....................................................3-97
Interior Lights...................................................................3-98
Welcome System ...........................................................3-100
3
3
Wipers and Washers..........................................3-101
Climate Control Additional Features ...............3-132
Windshield Wipers ........................................................3-101
Windshield Washers .....................................................3-103
Rear Window Wiper and Washer..............................3-104
Cluster ionizer................................................................3-132
Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-132
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...............................3-132
Driver Assist System .........................................3-105
Storage Compartment .......................................3-133
Rear view monitor ........................................................3-105
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system.........3-106
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system
Precautions.....................................................................3-109
Center Console Storage ..............................................3-133
Glove Box........................................................................3-133
Sunglass Holder.............................................................3-134
Multi Box.........................................................................3-134
Manual Climate Control System.......................3-110
Interior Features ................................................3-135
Heating and Air Conditioning.....................................3-111
System Operation .........................................................3-114
System Maintenance....................................................3-116
Cup Holder ......................................................................3-135
Sunvisor...........................................................................3-136
Power Outlet ..................................................................3-137
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-138
Clock.................................................................................3-140
Clothes Hanger ..............................................................3-141
Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-141
Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-142
Cargo Area Cover..........................................................3-143
Luggage tray ..................................................................3-144
Automatic Climate Control System..................3-118
Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-119
Manual Temperature Control Mode .........................3-120
System Operation .........................................................3-123
System Maintenance....................................................3-125
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging............3-127
Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with
Automatic Temperature Control System)................3-129
Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-131
Exterior Features...............................................3-145
Roof Side Rails ..............................................................3-146
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
Remote Key (if equipped)
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key,
which you can use to lock or unlock
the driver and passenger doors or
the rear liftgate.
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3. Liftgate Unlock
4. Panic
To lock your vehicle:
1. Make sure all doors, the engine
hood and the liftgate are closed.
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on
the remote key to lock all doors.
3. If the Door Lock button (1) is
pressed once more within four
seconds, the horn will beep once
and the hazard warning lights will
blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door
lock button inside the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children
could place the key in the ignition switch and may operate
power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
i Information
After locking the doors, if you press
the Door Lock button again within
four seconds, the hazard warning
lights will blink and the horn will
sound one time to confirm that the
doors are locked.
3-3
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OPD046001
Locking Your Vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Unlocking your vehicle
To unlock your vehicle :
1. Press the Door Unlock button (2)
on the remote key.
2. The driver's door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
Two press unlock setting:
If you press the Door Unlock button on the remote key again within four seconds, then all the doors
will unlock.
Two press unlock setting can be
changed according to owner's preference in the cluster User Settings
mode or with the remote key.
• User settings mode method:
Select or deselect the 'Two Press
Unlock' feature in the User
Settings mode on the cluster LCD
display (User Settings ➞ Door ➞
Two Press Unlock).
• Remote key method:
Press and hold both Door Lock (1)
and Door Unlock (2) buttons at the
same time until the hazard warning lights blink.
3-4
Now all doors will unlock when the
Door Unlock button is pressed one
time. To change the setting back,
repeat this procedure.
i Information
After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
Liftgate unlocking
To unlock the liftgate :
1. Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock
button (3) on the remote key for
more than one second.
2. The hazard warning lights will
blink two times and the liftgate will
be unlocked.
Once the liftgate is opened and then
closed, the liftgate will lock automatically.
i Information
The word "HOLD" is written on the
button to inform you that you must
press and hold the button for more
than one second.
Panic button (if equipped)
Press and hold the Panic button (4)
for more than one second. The horn
sounds and hazard warning lights
flash for about 30 seconds.
To cancel the panic mode, press any
button on the remote key.
Start-up
For information, refer to the "Key
Ignition Switch" section in chapter 5.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the remote
key:
• Keep the remote key away from
water or any liquid and fire.
Internal circuits may malfunction if the inside of the remote
key gets damp (from liquids or
moisture) or if it is heated. This
can exclude the remote key from
being covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
remote key.
• Protect the remote key from
extreme temperatures.
Mechanical key
Remote key precautions
When possible, avoid placing the
remote key and your mobile phone in
the same location such as a pants or
jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
3-5
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OPD046003
If the remote key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
driver's door by using the mechanical
key.
To unfold the mechanical key, press
the release button on the remote.
To return the key to its stored position, press the release button and
fold the key back into the remote.
The remote key will not work if any of
the following occur:
• The key is in the ignition switch.
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).
• The remote key battery is weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The remote key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the remote key.
If the remote key does not work correctly, open and close the door with
the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the remote key contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phone's normal operational signals.
This is specifically relevant when the
phone is active such as making and
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Keep the remote key away from
electromagnetic materials that
block electromagnetic waves to
the key surface.
Battery replacement
2. Using a screw driver, remove the
battery cover.
3. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. Make sure the
battery position is correct.
4. Reinstall the battery cover and key
cover in the reverse order of
removal.
If you suspect your remote key might
have sustained some damage, or
you feel your remote key is not working correctly contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
OPD046002
If the remote key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a
new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the cover.
3-6
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose of the battery according
to your local law(s) or regulations.
Smart Key (if equipped)
OPD046044
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key,
which you can use to lock or unlock
the driver and passenger doors or
the rear liftgate.
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3. Liftgate Unlock
4. Panic
Locking your vehicle
i Information
Unlocking your vehicle
The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.
WARNING
Do not leave the Smart Key in
your vehicle with unsupervised
children. Unattended children
could press the Engine Start/
Stop button and may operate
power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
3
OOS047001
To unlock your vehicle:
1. Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
2. Press either the button on the
door handle or the Door Unock
button (2) on the smart key. The
driver's door will unlock and the
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
3-7
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047001
To lock your vehicle using the door
handle button or the Smart Key:
1. Close all doors, hood and liftgate.
2. Either press the door handle button or press the Door Lock button
(1) on the smart key.
3. The hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound
once.
4. When the doors are locked, the
indicator light on the central door
lock/unlock switch will be illuminated.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle using the door handle button if
any of the following occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
• Any of the doors are open except
for the liftgate.
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver
door only, or unlocking all the doors
with one press may be adjusted in
the User Settings menu in the LCD
cluster display.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when
enabled, will require the user to
press the door unlock button once for
driver door only and twice for unlocking all the doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press
Unlock Feature in the User Settings
menu in the LCD cluster display. The
option can be found under the following menu:
USER SETTINGS ➞ DOOR ➞ TWO
PRESS UNLOCK
3-8
The Two Press Unlock Feature can
also be enabled or disabled by
pressing the door lock and unlock
buttons simultaneously on the Key
FOB:
Press and hold both the DOOR
LOCK button and the DOOR
UNLOCK button simultaneously until
the hazard warning lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two
Press Unlock feature. Repeat this
procedure to enable/disable the
mode again.
i Information
• The door handle buttons will only
operate when the smart key is within 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the
outside door handle
• Either the driver or front passenger
door can be opened with the door
handle button when the smart key is
within this range
• If you press the front passenger outside door handle with the smart key
in your possession, all the doors will
unlock
Opening the liftgate
To unlock and open the liftgate:
1. Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
2. Press either the liftgate handle
release button on the vehicle or
press and hold the Liftgate Unlock
button on the smart key for more
than one second. The hazard
warning lights will blink two times
and the liftgate latch will unlock.
NOTICE
The liftgate must be operated
manually to open the liftgate.
Once the liftgate latch is
unlocked, pull upward on the liftgate handle to fully open the liftgate.
3. Once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will lock
automatically.
i Information
Mechanical key
Press and hold the Panic button (4)
for more than one second. The horn
sounds and hazard warning lights
blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel
the panic mode, press any button on
the Smart Key.
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
driver's door by using the mechanical
key.
3
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without
inserting the key.
For information, refer to the
"Engine Start/Stop Button" section in chapter 5.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry
place to avoid damage or malfunction. Exposure to moisture
or high temperature may cause
the internal circuit of the smart
key to malfunction which may
not be covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
smart key.
• Protect the smart key from
extreme temperatures.
OPD046045
To remove the mechanical key from
the smart key FOB, slide the release
lever in the direction of the arrow (1)
and then pull the mechanical key (2)
outward.
To unlock the vehicle using the
mechanical key. insert the mechanical key into the key hole in the driver
door.
To reinstall the mechanical key into
the FOB, insert the key in the top of
the key FOB and push inward until a
click sound is heard.
3-9
Convenient features of your vehicle
• The liftgate handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within 28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate
handle.
• The Liftgate Unlock button (3) will
only unlock the liftgate. It will not
release the latch and open the liftgate automatically. If the Liftgate
Unlock button is used, someone
must still press the liftgate handle
button to open the liftgate.
Panic button
Convenient features of your vehicle
Loss of a smart key
A maximum of two Smart Keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you happen to lose your smart key,
you should immediately take the
vehicle and remaining keys to your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow
the vehicle, if necessary.
Smart key precautions
The smart key may not work if any of
the following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
• Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
If the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with
the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the smart key, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-10
If the smart key is in close proximity
to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phone's normal operational signals.
This is specifically relevant when the
phone is active such as making and
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
When possible, avoid keeping the
smart key and your mobile phone in
the same location such as a pants or
jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.
NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves to
the key surface.
NOTICE
Always have the smart key with
you when leaving the vehicle. If
the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Battery replacement
If you suspect your smart key might
have sustained some damage, or
you feel your smart key is not working correctly, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
The immobilizer system protects
your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
When the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly,
then go off. If the indicator starts to
blink, the system does not recognize
the coding of the key.
Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK/OFF position, then turn the
ignition switch to the ON position
again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle
may not recognize your smart key if
another smart key device is nearby
or a metal object such as a key chain
is causing interference with the
smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not
start. Remove any metal objects or
additional keys near the smart key
before attempting to start the vehicle
again.
3-11
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OPD046046
If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a
new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1. Remove the mechanical key.
2. Use a slim tool to pry open the
rear cover of the smart key.
3. Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. Make sure the
battery position is correct.
4. Reinstall the rear cover of the
smart key.
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulations.
Immobilizer System
(if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, it is
recommended that you contact your
HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a customer unique password and
should be kept confidential.
3-12
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer
system. It is designed to give
years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to
moisture, static electricity and
rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the device.
DOOR LOCKS
Operating Door Locks from
Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
■ Remote key
Remote key
Smart key
■ Smart key
L o ck / U n l o ck
OOS047002
[A] : Lock, [B] : Unlock
If you lock the driver's door with a
mechanical key, all vehicle doors will
lock. If you unlock the driver's door
with a mechanical key, you can open
and close the driver’s door only.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle. When closing the door, push
the door by hand. Make sure that
doors are closed securely.
To lock the doors, press the Door
Lock button (1) on the remote key.
Press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the remote key, the driver's door will
unlock. If you press the Door Unlock
button on the remote key again within four seconds, then all the doors
will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
Door Door
Lock Unlock
OPD046004
Press the button on the driver's outside door handle while carrying the
Smart Key with you or press the
Door Unlock button on the Smart
Key, the driver's door will unlock.
3-13
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047001
OPD047001N
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
If you press the button on the front
passenger's outside door, all doors
will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
Operating Door Locks from
Inside the Vehicle
With the door lock button
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with
either the vehicle key or door lock
switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect
the circuit and prevent damage to
system components.
• Two press unlock setting can be
changed in the User Settings mode
on the cluster.
3-14
OOS047003
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the "Unlock" position. The red mark (2) on the door
lock button will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the "Lock" position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
• If the inner door handle of either
the driver door or passenger door
is pulled when the door lock button
is in the lock position, the button is
unlocked and the door will open.
• For Key Start Vehicles (w/ Remote
Key)
The front doors cannot be locked if
the remote key is in the ignition
switch and either of the front doors
are open.
• For Push Button Start Vehicles
(Smart Key)
The doors cannot be locked if the
smart key fob is inside the vehicle
and any of the doors are open.
i Information
OOS047004
The driver side door armrest is
equipped with a central door lock
switch. The lock button is indicated
by a ( ) symbol. The unlock button
is indicated by a ( ) symbol.
When the lock button (2) is pressed,
all the vehicle doors will lock.
When the unlock button (1) is
pressed, all the vehicle doors will
unlock.
• For Key Start Vehicles (with remote
key)
If the key is in the ignition switch
and any door is opened, the doors
will not lock even though the lock
button (2) is pressed.
• For Push Button Start Vehicles
(Smart Key)
If the smart key is in the vehicle
and any door is open, the doors
will not lock even though the lock
button (2) is pressed.
WARNING
• The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion. If the
doors are unlocked, the risk of
being thrown from the vehicle
in a crash is increased.
• Do not pull the inner door
handle of the driver's or passenger's door while the vehicle is moving.
3-15
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try
one or more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door
from outside.
With the central door lock
switch
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
serious injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Children
might operate features of the
vehicle that could injure them,
or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone
gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
increases the potential risk to
you or others from someone
hiding in your vehicle.
3-16
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake, move the
shift lever to the P (Park) position, engage the parking brake,
and place the ignition switch in
the LOCK/OFF position, close
all windows, lock all doors, and
always take the key with you.
Automatic Door Lock and
Unlock Features
Your vehicle is equipped with features that will automatically lock or
unlock your vehicle based on settings you select in the LCD cluster
display.
Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed
CAUTION
Opening a door when something
is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when
opening doors and watch for
vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles
or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a
long time while the weather is
very hot or cold, there are risks
of injuries or danger to life. Do
not lock the vehicle from the
outside when someone is in the
vehicle.
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehicle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).
Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehicle is shifted out of P (PARK) while
the engine is running.
Auto UNLOCK - Enable on Shift
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the
vehicle is shifted back into P (PARK).
For more information on these
features, refer to the LCD Display
section later in this chapter.
WARNING
OOS047005N
If children accidently open the
rear doors while the vehicle is
in motion, they could fall out of
the vehicle. The rear door safety
locks should always be used
whenever children are in the
vehicle.
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children seated in the
rear from accidentally opening the
rear doors. The rear door safety locks
should be used whenever children
are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door. When the
child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the
inner door handle is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or similar) (1) into the slot and turn
it to the lock position as shown.
3-17
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Additional Unlock Safety
Feature - Air Bag Deployment
As an additional safety feature, all
doors will be automatically unlocked
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
Convenient features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will sound
and the hazard warning lights will blink
continuously if any of the following
occur:
- A door is opened without using the
remote key or smart key.
- The liftgate is opened without using
the remote key or smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds,
then the system resets. To turn off the
alarm, unlock the doors with the
remote key or smart key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically
sets 30 seconds after you lock the
doors and the liftgate. For the system
to activate, you must lock the doors
and the liftgate from outside the vehicle with the remote key or smart key or
by pressing the button on the outside
of the door handle with the smart key
in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once to indicate the system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening any door, the liftgate, or the hood
without using the remote key or smart
key will cause the alarm to activate.
3-18
STEERING WHEEL
The Theft Alarm System will not set if
the hood, the liftgate, or any door is
not fully closed. If the system will not
set, check the hood, the liftgate, or the
doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
i Information
• Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the
vehicle when the system is armed,
the alarm will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
remote key or smart key, open the
doors by using the mechanical key
and place the ignition switch in the
ON position (for remote key) or start
the engine (for smart key) by directly pressing the ignition switch with
the smart key.
• If the system is disarmed by unlocking the vehicle, but neither a door or
the liftgate is opened within 30 seconds, the doors will relock and the
system will rearm automatically.
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering
the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off
or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, you may still
steer the vehicle, but it will require
increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
CAUTION
• If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally, the warning light ( )
will illuminate on the instrument cluster. You may steer
the vehicle, but it will require
increased steering efforts.
Take your vehicle to an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer
and have the system checked
as soon as possible.
• When abnormality is detected
i Information
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics.
When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel effort will
return to its normal condition.
Tilt Steering / Telescope
Steering
When adjusting the steering wheel to
a comfortable position, adjust the
steering wheel so that it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the
instrument cluster warning lights and
gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to
be certain it is locked in position.
Always adjust the position of the
steering wheel before driving.
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering
wheel while driving. This may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
3-19
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
in the electric power steering
system, to prevent a deadly
accident, the steering assist
function will stop. At this time,
the warning light turns on or
blinks on the cluster. The
steering wheel may become
difficult to control or operate.
Have your vehicle checked
immediately, after moving the
vehicle to a safe zone.
• When the battery voltage is low, you
might have to put more steering
effort. However, it is a temporary
condition so that it will return to
normal condition after charging the
battery.
• A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the ignition switch is
in the ON or LOCK/OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperatures, abnormal noise may occur. If the temperature rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
• When an error is detected from the
EPS, the steering effort assist function will not be activated in order to
prevent fatal accidents. Instrument
cluster warning lights may be on or
the steering effort may be high. If
these symptoms occur, drive the
vehicle to a safe area as soon as it is
safe to do so. Have the system
checked
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
Sometimes the lock release lever may
not engage completely. This may
occur when the gears of the locking
mechanism do not completely mesh.
If this occurs, pull down on the lockrelease lever, readjust the steering
wheel again, and then pull back up on
the release lever to lock the steering
wheel in place.
Heated Steering Wheel
(for Canada, if equipped)
OOS047006
To adjust the steering wheel angle
and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and distance forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to
lock the steering wheel in place.
3-20
CAUTION
While adjusting the steering
wheel height, please do not
push or pull it hard since the fixture can be damaged.
OOS048007
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position or when the engine is running, press the heated steering
wheel button to warm the steering
wheel. The indicator on the button
will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button again. The indicator
on the button will turn off.
The heated steering wheel will automatically turn off after approximately
30 minutes.
MIRRORS
NOTICE
Horn
Inside Rearview Mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to
see that your inside rearview mirror
is properly positioned. Adjust the
rearview mirror so that the view
through the rear window is properly
centered.
Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. The
cover or accessory could cause
damage to the heated steering
wheel system.
OOS047008
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist.
Do not press on the horn with a
sharp-pointed object.
Make sure your line of sight is
not obstructed. Do not place
objects in the rear seat, cargo
area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear
window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during
an accident or deployment of
the air bag, do not modify the
rearview mirror and do not
install a wide mirror.
3-21
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Day/night rearview mirror
(if equipped)
NEVER adjust the mirror while
driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as this may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
OOS047009
[A] : Day/night lever, [B] : Day, [C] : Night
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever towards you
to reduce glare from the headlights
of the vehicles behind you during
night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
3-22
Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
Some vehicles come equipped with
an electrochromic mirror that helps
control glare while driving at night or
under low light driving conditions.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror. The sensor detects the light
level around the vehicle, and automatically adjusts to control the headlamp glare from vehicles behind you.
Whenever the shift lever is placed in
R (Reverse), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in
order to improve the driver’s view
behind the vehicle.
Blue Link® center (for Canada)
Electrochromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink® system, compass and
Blue Link® (if equipped)
■ For USA
HomeLink Indicator
3
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as that may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
OOS047092C
For details, refer to the Blue Link®
Owner's Guide, Navigation Manual
or Audio Manual.
Telematics buttons
HomeLink Button
OOS047093N
■ For Canada
HomeLink Indicator
Telematics buttons
HomeLink Button
OOS047093C
3-23
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047010L
[A] : Indicator
Convenient features of your vehicle
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated HomeLink®
Wireless Control System. During
nighttime driving, this feature will
automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle
is traveling. The HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver allows you to activate your
garage door(s), electric gate, home
lighting, etc.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
HomeLink Channel 1
HomeLink Channel 2
HomeLink Channel 3
Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Closing or Closed
(5) HomeLink Operation Indicator
(6) Garage Door Opener Status
Indicator : Opening or Opened
(7) HomeLink User Interface Indicator
3-24
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror
(if equipped)
The NVS® Mirror automatically
reduces glare by monitoring light levels in the front and the rear of the
vehicle. Any object that obstructs
either light sensor will degrade the
automatic dimming control feature.
For more information regarding
NVS® mirrors and other applications, please refer to the Gentex
website:
www.gentex.com
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you.
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-Nav™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF, but it returns to ON after the
ignition is cycled.
OOS047094N
1. Press and release the Control
Button within 1 second to turn the
display feature OFF.
2. Press and release the Control
Button again within 1 second to
turn the display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
Control Button and are detailed
below.
i Information
Press the control button in the hole
with a pointed object, such as the tip
of a ballpoint pen or similar object.
There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. To compensate for this difference you will
need to adjust the Zone setting based
on where you live.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
B520C05NF
3-25
Convenient features of your vehicle
To adjust the Zone setting:
1. Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the Control Button
for up to 6 seconds, the current
Zone Number will appear on the
display.
3. Release and press the Control
Button and then hold the Control
Button again will cause the numbers to increment (Note: they will
repeat …13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …).
Releasing the button when the
desired Zone Number appears on
the display will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle magnets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to correct
these changes.
3-26
If you need to recalibrate the compass:
1. Press and hold the Control Button
for more than 6 seconds. When
the compass memory is cleared, a
"C" will appear in the display.
2. Drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink® programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink® buttons be erased for
security purposes.
WARNING
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control
System can replace up to three
hand-held radio-frequency (RF)
transmitters with a single built-in
device. This innovative feature will
learn the radio frequency codes of
most current transmitters to operate
devices such as gate operators,
garage door openers, entry door
locks, security systems, even home
lighting. Both standard and rolling
code-equipped transmitters can be
programmed by following the outlined procedures.
Additional HomeLink® information
can be found at: www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
Before programming HomeLink®
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure people and
objects are out of the way of the
device to prevent potential harm
or damage. Do not use the
HomeLink® with any garage
door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse features
required by U.S. federal safety
standards (this includes any
garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982). A
garage door that cannot detect
an object - signaling the door to
stop and reverse - does not meet
current U.S. federal safety standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features
increases the risk of serious
injury or death.
Programming
To program most devices, follow
these instructions:
2. Press and hold the button you
wish to program for approximately
15-25 seconds until the LED flashes in Orange for several times.
3. Hold the Garage Door Opener
Original Transmitter (OT) near the
HomeLink Mirror.
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Programming HomeLink®
Please note the following:
• When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
• It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker
training and accurate transmission
of the radio-frequency signal.
• Some vehicles may require the
ignition switch to be placed in the
ACC (or "Accessories") position for
programming and/or operation of
HomeLink®.
• In the event that there are still programming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps listed below, contact
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com,
www.youtube.com/HomeLinkGentex
or by calling 1-800-355-3515.
OOS047095N
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)
button.
• If the indicator (4) is turned ON
in Orange, go to Step 3) since it
is a new programming.
• If the indicator (4) is continuously turned ON or flashes in Green
rapidly several times, go to Step
2) since it is a programmed button.
3-27
Convenient features of your vehicle
6. Firmly press and release the
“Learn,” “Smart,” or “Program” button while the indicator (4) flashes
in Green. Once the button is
pressed, you have approximately
30 seconds to initiate the next
step.
i Information
OOS047096N
4. Press the Original Transmitter
(OT) button until the indicator (4)
is turned continuously ON or
flashes in Green for approximately
10 seconds and it indicates the
programing is completed.
5. However, the indicator (4) flashes
in Green continuously, but if the
garage door opener does not
operate, please continue to follow
the step 6 and 7 (“Rolling Code
Programming” procedures).
3-28
At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate the
“Learn,” “Smart,” or “Program” button. This can usually be found where
the hanging antenna wire is attached
to the motor-head unit (see the
device’s manual to identify this button). The name and color of the button
may vary by manufacturer. A ladder
and/or second person may simplify
the following steps.
7. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press, hold for two seconds and
release the HomeLink button up to
three times. Do not press the
HomeLink button rapidly. At this
point programming is complete
and your device should operate
when the HomeLink button is
pressed and released.
i Information
• Some garage door openers require
to press the programmed button on
the mirror up to three times right
after the programming is just completed to operate the garage door.
• The indicator (4) is turned ON in
Orange and flashes for about 60seconds, during the programing mode
and if a programing is not succeeded within the 60 seconds, the programing mode will be abort.
HomeLink® should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
3
OOS047095N
HomeLink®
Operating
1. Press and release one of the
HomeLink buttons (1, 2 or 3) that
programed.
2. The HomeLink indicator (4) will
operate as below:
- Indicates Green and is continuously ON (Fixed Code Garage
Door Opener)
- Flashes in Green rapidly (Rolling
Code Garage Door Opener)
OOS047098N
HomeLink®
Erasing
buttons
1. Press and hold the button (1) and
(3) simultaneously.
2. The indicator (4) is turned continuously ON in orange for about 10
seconds.
3. Then the indicator (4) color
changes to Green and flashes
rapidly.
Release the buttons once the
green indicator flashes.
4. Now HomeLink button (1), (2) and
(4) memories are all cleared.
3-29
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gate operator & Canadian programming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System button while you
press and re-press ("cycle") your
handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has
been learned. The indicator light will
flash slowly and then rapidly after
several seconds upon successful
training.
Convenient features of your vehicle
NVS® is a registered trademark and
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark
owned by Johnson Controls,
Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
FCC ID: NZLUAHL5A
IC: 4112A-UAHL5A
Two Way Communication Programing
1. Complete
the
HomeLink
"Programming" first.
2. Before the first 10 times HomeLink
button is pressed after the programming, the following steps
MUST occur to program two way
communication. (only for some
older garage doors)
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority to
operate the device.
3-30
OOS047099N
3. Press and release the programed
HomeLink button to activate the
garage door.
4. Once the garage door is stopped,
press and release the "Learn" or
"Smart" button on the Garage door
opener within 1 minute from the
time of pressing the programed
HomeLink button on mirror.
Operating Two Way Communication
5. If the both indicator (4) and (6) are
flashing rapidly for about 5 seconds, the two way synchronization
is completed.
OOS047099N
1. Press and release (1), (2) or (3)
button.
i Information
Some newer garage door openers provide two-way communication synchronizing when programming the
original transmitter (OT).
OOS047412N
2. The indicator (4) and (6) operates
as below:
3-31
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047411N
- If the indicator (4) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the
garage door is "closing".
- If the indicator (4) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that
the garage door is "closed".
- If the indicator (6) flashes in
Orange, it indicates that the
garage door is "Opening".
- If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that
the garage door is "Opened".
- If the indicator (4) or (6) does not
turn to Green, it indicates that the
last status of garage door was
not received properly. The
HomeLink mirror tries to receive
the last known status of the
garage door for a few seconds.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Recalling Garage Door Status
Homelink mirror with two way communication provides a way to view
the last stored message from the
garage door opener. In order to recall
the last known status of the last activated device, press the buttons "1
and 2" OR "2 and 3" simultaneously.
• If the indicator (4) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the
last activated device was "closed"
properly.
• If the indicator (6) is ON continuously in Green, it indicates that the
last activated device was "open"
properly.
i Information
Two way communication range distance between "vehicle" and "garage
door opener" is 100m.
The range may be reduced or
increased a little due to obstacle conditions around the garage door opener, such as houses or trees.
3-32
Side View Mirrors
Use the inside rear view mirror or
look back directly to determine the
actual distance of other vehicles
prior to changing lanes.
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side
view mirrors while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
OOS047012
Make sure to adjust the side view
mirrors to your desired position
before you begin driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand side view
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch. The
side view mirrors can be folded to
help prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash or
when passing through a narrow
street.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer
than they appear.
NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice,
do not adjust the mirror by
force. Use an approved spray
de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)
spray, or a sponge or soft cloth
with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and
allow the ice to melt.
Blind spot mirror (if equipped)
The blind spot mirror is equipped on
the driver's left side view mirror.
Side View Mirror Adjustment
WARNING
• Always check the road condi-
NOTICE
Do not clean the mirror with harsh
abrasives, fuel or other petroleum
based cleaning products.
OLF044478N
The Blind Spot Mirror (BSM) is a
supplemental mirror that minimizes
the driver's blind spot zone by
expanding the field of view on the
rear side of the vehicle.
3
OOS047013
Adjusting the side view mirrors:
1. Press either the L (driver's side) or
R (passenger's side) button (1) to
select the side view mirror you
would like to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
switch to position the selected mirror up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, put the button
into neutral (center) position to
prevent inadvertent adjustment.
3-33
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047413N
tion while driving for unexpected situations even though
the vehicle is equipped with a
blind spot mirror.
• The blind spot mirror is
intended as a supplemental
device to assist the driver
before changing lanes. Do
not solely rely on the blind
spot mirror as a precaution.
Always pay attention to traffic
conditions around you.
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Folding the side view mirrors
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch
is pressed. Do not press the
switch longer than necessary,
because this can damage the
motor.
• Do not attempt to adjust the side
view mirrors by hand, because
this can damage the motor.
OOS047014
To fold the side view mirrors, grasp
the housing of the mirror and then
fold it inwards.
3-34
WINDOWS
OOS047017
3-35
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
Convenient features of your vehicle
Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to be able to raise or lower
the windows. Each door has a Power
Window switch to control that door’s
window. The driver has a Power
Window Lock switch which can block
the operation of passenger windows.
The power windows will operate for
approximately 30 seconds after the
ignition switch is placed in the ACC
or LOCK/OFF position. However, if
the front doors are opened, the
Power Windows will not operate even
within the 30 second period.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death,
do not extend your head, arms
or body outside the windows
while driving.
3-36
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) opened (or partially
opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation
noise. This noise is normal and can
be reduced or eliminated by taking
the following actions. If the noise
occurs with one or both of the rear
windows down, partially lower both
front windows approximately one
inch. If you experience the noise
with the sunroof open, slightly close
the sunroof.
Window opening and closing
OOS047018
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.
To reset the power windows
Pressing the power window switch
down momentarily to the second
detent position (6) completely lowers
the window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is
in operation, pull up or press down
and release the switch.
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Auto up/down window
(if equipped)
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely
lowers or lifts the window even when
the switch is released. To stop the
window at the desired position while
the window is in operation, pull up or
press down and release the switch.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn't activate while resetting
the power window system. Make
sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before
closing the windows to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
3
OLF044032
If a window senses any obstacle while
it is closing automatically, it will stop
and lower approximately 12 inches (30
cm) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse
will not operate.
3-37
Convenient features of your vehicle
Auto down window (if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
Power window lock switch
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the "Auto Up" feature is
used by fully pulling up the switch to
the second detent.
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver's door power window
lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can
result from unintentional window operation by a child.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch
(4 mm) in diameter caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel may
not be detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window
will not stop and reverse direction.
NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on
the windows.The automatic reverse
feature may not operate.
3-38
WARNING
NOTICE
OOS047019
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch.
When the power window lock switch
is pressed:
• The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passenger power window
• Note that the front passenger control is still able to operate the front
passenger window, and that the
driver master control can still operate all the power windows.
• To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door and
the individual door window
switch in opposite directions at
the same time. If this is done, the
window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
If your vehicle is equipped with a sunroof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof
with the sunroof control switch located on the overhead console.
WARNING
• Never adjust the sunroof or
•
OOS047021
The sunroof can only be opened,
closed, or tilted when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
•
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• After the vehicle is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
•
• Do not continue to move the
sunroof control lever after the
sunroof is fully opened, closed,
or tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could
occur.
• Make sure the sunroof is closed
fully when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain or
snow may wet the interior of the
vehicle. Also, leaving the sunroof open when the vehicle is
unattended may invite theft.
3-39
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
•
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may
cause death, serious injury, or
property damage.
Make sure heads, hands, arms
or any other body parts or
objects are out of the way
before operating the sunroof.
Do not extend your head,
arms or body outside the sunroof while driving, to avoid
serious injury.
Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children
could operate the sunroof,
which could result in serious
injury.
Do not sit on the top of the
vehicle. It may cause injury or
vehicle damage.
NOTICE
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunroof opening and closing
Sliding the sunroof
Tilting the sunroof
Pressing the sunroof control lever
backward or forward momentarily to
the second detent position completely opens or closes the sunroof even
when the switch is released. To stop
the sunroof at the desired position
while the sunroof is in operation,
press the sunroof control lever backward or forward and release the
switch.
OOS047022
To open the sunroof:
Press the sunroof control lever backward to the first detent position.
Release the switch when you want
the sunroof to stop.
To close the sunroof:
Press the sunroof control lever forward to the first detent position.
Release the switch when you want
the sunroof to stop.
3-40
i Information
To minimize wind noise while driving,
it is recommended that you drive with
the sunroof slightly closed (stop the
sunroof about 2 inch (5 cm) before the
maximum slide open position).
OOS047023
Tilt the sunroof open:
Push the sunroof control lever
upward until the sunroof moves to
the desired position.
To close the sunroof:
Push the sunroof control lever forward until the sunroof moves to the
desired position.
NOTICE
Resetting the sunroof
OAD045037
The sunshade can be opened and
closed manually. However, the sunshade will open automatically with
the sunroof glass when both the sunroof and sunshade are closed and
the sunroof control lever is operated.
NOTICE
Do not leave the sunshade closed
while the sunroof is open.
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where
resetting the sunroof may be
required include:
- When the 12V battery in the
engine room is either disconnected
or discharged
- When the 12V battery fuse is
replaced
If the sunroof one-touch AUTO
OPEN/CLOSE operation is not functioning properly
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1. It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle
in PARK (P) by pressing the
Start/Stop button.
2. Make sure the sunroof is in the
fully closed position. If the sunroof is open, push the control lever
forward until the sunroof is fully
closed.
3. Release the control lever when
the sunroof is fully closed.
3-41
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
• Periodically remove any dirt that
may accumulate on the sunroof
guide rail or between the sunroof and roof panel which can
make a noise.
• Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates,
the sunroof may not work properly.
Sunshade
Convenient features of your vehicle
4. Push the control lever forward
about 10 seconds.
- When the sunroof is in the
closed position :
The glass will tilt and slightly
move up and down.
- When the sunroof is in the tilt
position:
The glass will slightly move up
and down.
Do not release the lever until the
operation is completed.
If you release the lever during operation, start the procedure again from
step 2.
5. Within 3 seconds, push and hold
the control lever forward until the
sunroof operates as follows:
Tilt down → Slide Open → Slide
Close.
Do not release the lever until the
operation is completed.
3-42
If you release the lever during operation, start the procedure again from
step 2.
6. Release the sunroof control lever
after all steps have completed.
(The sunroof system has been
reset.)
i Information
• If the sunroof is not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or
discharged, or the sunroof fuse is
blown, the sunroof may not operate
normally.
• For more detailed information, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Sunroof Open Warning
(if equipped)
• If the driver turns off the engine
when the sunroof is not fully
closed, the warning chime will
sound for approximately 3 seconds
and the sunroof open warning will
appear on the LCD display.
• If the driver turns off the engine
and opens the door when the sunroof is not fully closed, the open
sunroof warning will appear on the
LCD display until the door is closed
or the sunroof is fully closed.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Hood
Opening the hood
3
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
OOS047026
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, push up the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2).
4. Pull out the support rod and hold
the hood open with the support
rod (1).
WARNING
• When handling the support
rod, grasp the rod in the area
wrapped with rubber only. In
some cases where the engine
has been running the support
rod may be hot. Caution should
be taken to avoid getting
burned by the support rod.
3-43
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047024
OOS047025
Convenient features of your vehicle
• The support rod must be inserted completely into the hole provided whenever you inspect the
engine compartment. This will
prevent the hood from becoming dislodged and falling and
causing potential injury.
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check in
and around the engine compartment to ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects
are removed from the engine
room area or hood opening area
- All glove, rags, or other combustible material is removed
from the engine compartment
- All filler caps are tightly and correctly installed
3-44
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 12 inches (30 cm)
from the closed position) and push
down to securely lock in place.
Then double check to be sure the
hood is secure. If the hood can be
raised slightly, it is not securely
locked. Open it again and close it
with more force.
Liftgate
Opening the liftgate
WARNING
• Before closing the hood,
ensure all obstructions are
removed from around the
hood opening.
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away.
Check there is no hood open
warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood
opened may cause a total loss
of visibility, which might
result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed,
which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
OOS047027
Before attempting to open the liftgate, make sure the vehicle is in
PARK (P). To open the liftgate, perform the following:
1) Unlock the vehicle using either the
remote key fob (Key Start vehicles), the Smart Key (Push Button
Start vehicles), or the Unlock button on the driver side armrest.
2) From outside the vehicle, press
the liftgate handle
Closing the liftgate
NOTICE
Make certain that you close the
liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur
to the liftgate struts and mounting
hinges if the liftgate is not closed
prior to driving.
Emergency liftgate safety
release
3
OOS047028
OOS047029
Lower the liftgate lid and press down
until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid
is securely fastened, always check
by trying to pull it up again without
pressing the liftgate handle button.
i Information
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
WARNING
The liftgate swings upward.
Make sure no objects or people
are near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the liftgate.
OOS047085
Do not hold on to or try to pull
on the liftgate strut. Be aware
that the deformation of the liftgate strut may cause vehicle
damage and risk of injury.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle.
To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following
steps:
1. Insert the mechanical key from the
key fob or a small screwdriver into
the slot at the bottom of the liftgate
inside the luggage compartment.
3-45
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Slide the key or screwdriver to the
right to engage the safety release
lever.
3. Push the liftgate outward and
upward.
Fuel Filler Door
Opening the fuel filler door
WARNING
• Be aware of the location of the
emergency liftgate safety
release lever in your vehicle
and know how to open the liftgate using the safety release
lever.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time.
The luggage compartment is a
very dangerous location in the
event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
3-46
OOS047031
OOS047086
The fuel filler door is opened from
inside the vehicle using the fuel filler
door release lever.
1. Turn the engine off. Locate the fuel
filler door release lever on the floor
on the left side of the driver seat.
2. Pull up on the release lever.
3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward
to access the fuel tank cap.
4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
i Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break
the ice and release the door. Do not
pry on the door. If necessary, spray
around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to a warm
place and allow the ice to melt.
Closing the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
WARNING
once you have begun refueling. You can generate a buildup of static electricity by
touching, rubbing or sliding
against any item or fabric
capable of producing static
electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. If you
must re-enter the vehicle, you
should once again eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other gasoline
source, with your bare hand.
• When using an approved
portable fuel container, be
sure to place the container on
the ground prior to refueling.
Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire.
3-47
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Gasoline is highly flammable
and explosive. Failure to follow
these guidelines may result in
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the
location of the Emergency
Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,
at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the
potential build-up of static
electricity by touching a metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas
source, with your bare hand.
• Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors
and cause a fire.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
Convenient features of your vehicle
Once refueling has begun,
contact between your bare
hand and the vehicle should
be maintained until the filling
is complete.
• Use only approved portable
plastic fuel containers designed
to carry and store gasoline.
• When refueling, always move
the shift lever to the P (Park)
position (for automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission), set the parking brake,
and place the ignition switch
to the LOCK/OFF position.
Sparks produced by electrical
components related to the
engine can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a
lighter and do not smoke or
leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling.
3-48
• Do not over-fill or top-off your
vehicle tank, which can cause
gasoline spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the
vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department. Follow
any safety instructions they
provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out,
it can cover your clothes or
skin and thus subject you to
the risk of fire and burns.
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
i Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the "Fuel Requirements"
suggested in the Introduction chapter.
NOTICE
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type
of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine
HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction
of the fuel system or emission
control system.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
3
1. Tachometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
■ Type B
6. LCD display (including Trip computer)
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more information, refer to the "Gauges
and Meters" in this chapter.
OOS047101N/OOS047102N
3-49
Convenient features of your vehicle
2. Speedometer
Convenient features of your vehicle
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting instrument cluster
illumination
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument
cluster while driving. Doing so
could lead to driver distraction
which may cause an accident
and lead to vehicle damage,
serious injury, or death.
OPDE046110
OOS047401N
When the vehicle's position lights or
headlights are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the
brightness of the instrument panel
illumination.
When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.
3-50
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime
will sound.
For information regarding the illumination setting on your audio display, refer to the "Setup" section of
your Audio or Navigation manual.
Tachometer
Gauges and Meters
Speedometer
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
3
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h).
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
NOTICE
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
OOS047140L
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves
beyond the normal range area
toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to "If the Engine
Overheats" in chapter 6.
3-51
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047104L
OOS047103N
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Fuel gauge
WARNING
Never remove the radiator cap or
reservoir cap when the engine is
hot. The engine coolant is under
pressure and could severely
burn. Wait until the engine is cool
before adding coolant to the
reservoir.
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the "E (Empty)"
level.
OOS047141L
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
i Information
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is
nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
3-52
NOTICE
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of fuel
could cause the engine to misfire
damaging the catalytic converter.
Outside temperature gauge
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperature by 1°F (1°C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
(-40°C ~ 60°C)
Note that the temperature indicated
on the LCD display may not change
as quickly as the outside temperature (there may be a slight delay
before the temperature changes.)
Both the temperature unit on the
cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
Odometer
3
OPDE046141R
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
3-53
Convenient features of your vehicle
OPD047463N
You can change the temperature unit
from °F to °C or °C to °F in the User
Settings mode in the cluster:
- Go to User Settings Mode ➝ Other
➝ Temperature Unit.
For vehicles equipped with Automatic
Climate Control, you can also:
- Press and hold the AUTO and OFF
buttons on the climate control unit
for 3 seconds
Convenient features of your vehicle
Range
i Information
OOS048469N
• The range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven
with the remaining fuel.
• If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display "----" as range.
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been interrupted, the range function may not
operate correctly.
• The range may differ from the actual driving distance as it is only an
estimate of the available driving
range for the vehicle and driving
conditions.
• The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon
(6 liters) of fuel are added to the
vehicle.
• The range may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
Transmission shift indicator
Automatic transmission/
Dual clutch transmission shift
indicator
OTL045132
This indicator displays the gear position of the shift lever.
•
•
•
•
•
3-54
Park : P
Reverse : R
Neutral : N
Drive : D
Sport Mode
- Auto Transmission : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
- Dual Clutch Transmission : 1, 2,
3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Warning and Indicator Lights
Seat Belt Warning Light
i Information
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the engine. If any
light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
For more information, refer to
"Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air Bag Warning Light
OTL045134
Shift indicator pop-up
The pop-up indicates the current
gear position displayed in the cluster
for about 2 seconds when shifting
into other positions (P/R/N/D).
3
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position.
- The air bag warning light illuminates for about 6 seconds and
then turns off when all checks
have been performed
• The air bag warning light will
remain illuminated if there is a malfunction with the Safety Restraint
System (SRS) air bag operation.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-55
Convenient features of your vehicle
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position.
- The parking brake light illuminates for about 3 seconds and
will then turn off once the parking
brake is released.
• Whenever the parking brake is
applied.
• Whenever the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
3-56
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and
add fluid as required (For more
information, refer to "Brake
Fluid" in chapter 7). After adding
brake fluid, check all brake components for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid
leak is found, or if the warning light
remains on, or if the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure is
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
WARNING
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid
level is low.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
i Information - Electronic
These two warning lights illuminate
at the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD) System
Warning Light
Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on or
both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Lights are on, the
speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter
may not work. Also, the EPS Warning
Light may illuminate and the steering
effort may increase or decrease.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
In this case, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
3-57
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position.
- The ABS warning light illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then
turns off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the ABS.
Note that the hydraulic braking
system will still be operational even
if there is a malfunction with the
ABS.
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) Warning Light
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position.
- The Electric Power Steering
Warning light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the EPS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position.
- The malfunction indicator light
illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with either the emission control
system or the engine or the vehicle
powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control system which could affect
drivability and/or fuel economy.
3-58
NOTICE
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible
which could result in loss of
engine power.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
When this warning light illuminates
while the engine is running, the battery is not being charged. Immediately
turn OFF all electrical accessories.
Try not to use electrically operated
controls, such as the power windows.
Keep the engine running.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
This warning light illuminates:
• When the engine oil pressure is low.
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more information, refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7). If the level is low, add oil as
required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
NOTICE
• If the engine does not stop
immediately after the Engine Oil
Pressure Warning Light is illuminated, severe damage could
result.
• If the warning light stays on
while the engine is running, it
indicates that there may be serious engine damage or malfunction. In this case:
1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it
is safe to do so.
2. Turn off the engine and check
the oil level. If the oil level is
low, fill the engine oil to the
proper level.
3. Start the engine again. If the
warning light stays on after
the engine is started, turn the
engine off immediately. In this
case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-59
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Charging System
Warning Light
Convenient features of your vehicle
Low Fuel Level
Warning Light
Washer Fluid Warning
Light
Master Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
This warning light illuminates:
• When the washer fluid level in the
reservoir is nearly empty.
If washer fluid warning light illuminates, refill the washer fluid reservoir in the engine room when possible.
This warning light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction in
operation in any of the following
systems:
- Low washer fluid
- Exterior
lamp
malfunction
(if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) malfunction (if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below "E" can cause the
engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter.
3-60
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
(if equipped)
WARNING
Safe Stopping
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position.
- The All Wheel Drive warning light
illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the AWD system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your
foot off the accelerator pedal,
apply the brakes gradually
with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the
road.
3-61
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated. (The
location of the underinflated tires
are displayed on the LCD display.)
For more information, refer to
"Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
This warning light remains ON
after blinking for approximately 60
seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON
and OFF in 3 second intervals:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
For more information, refer to
"Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
Immobilizer Indicator
Light (with smart key
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position.
- The Electronic Stability Control
indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the ESC system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more information, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates for
up to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC or ON position.
- Once the smart key is detected,
you can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
• While the ESC is operating.
For more information, refer to
"Electronic Stability Control (ESC)"
in chapter 5.
3-62
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- If the smart key is not detected,
you cannot start the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the battery voltage of the
smart key is low.
- If this occurs, you will not be able
to start the engine by simply
pressing the Start/Stop button.
However, you can still start the
engine by pressing the Start/Stop
button directly with the smart key.
(Refer to "Starting the Engine"
in chapter 5.)
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
In this case, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you operate the turn signal
indicator stalk.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
If any of the following occur, there may
be a malfunction with the turn signal
system.
- The turn signal indicator light illuminates but does not blink
- The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does
not illuminate at all
If any of these conditions occur, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Light ON Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
Front Fog Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the front fog lights are on.
3-63
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
This indicator light illuminates for
2 seconds and goes off:
• If the smart key is in the vehicle
and the Engine Start/Stop button is
ON, but the vehicle cannot detect
the smart key.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Convenient features of your vehicle
LED Headlight Warning
Light (if equipped)
High Beam Assist
(HBA) indicator light
(if equipped)
Icy Road Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button to
the ON position.
• When there is a malfunction with
the LED headlight.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light illuminates :
• When the high-Beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light position.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the High Beam
Assist (HBA) system will switch the
high beam to low beam automatically.
For more information, refer to
"High Beam Assist (HBA) system"
in this chapter.
This warning light is to warn the driver
the road may be icy.
When the outside temperature
gauge reads below 40°F (4°C), the
Icy Road Warning Light and Outside
Temperature Gauge blinks and then
illuminates. Also, the warning chime
sounds 1 time.
This warning light blinks:
When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlight related part.
In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlight Warning Light on or
blinking can reduce LED headlight
life.
3-64
i Information
If the icy road warning light illuminates while driving, it means that the
outside temperature has reduced and
that the road conditions may be icy.
As a precaution you should reduce
your speed and drive more carefully
and with greater attention to the road
conditions.
Cruise Indicator Light
Cruise SET Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control speed is
set.
For more information, refer to
"Cruise Control System" in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select "SPORT" mode
as drive mode.
For more information, refer to
"Drive Mode Integrated Control
System" in chapter 5.
ECO Mode Indicator
Light (for Canada)
This indicator light illuminates :
• When you select "ECO" mode as
drive mode.
For more information, refer to
"Drive Mode Integrated Control
System" in chapter 5.
Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates :
• When you set the ignition switch
or Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
FCA. In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized dealer of
HYUNDAI.
For more information, refer to
"Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system" in chapter 5.
3-65
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control system is
enabled.
For more information, refer to
"Cruise Control System" in chapter 5.
SPORT Mode Indicator
Light
Convenient features of your vehicle
Lane Keep Assist
Indicator Light
(if equipped)
All Wheel Drive LOCK
Indicator Light
(if equipped)
Downhill Brake Control
(DBC) Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• [Green] When you activate the lane
departure warning system by
pressing the LKA button and all of
the system operating conditions
are satisfied.
• [White] When system operating
conditions are not satisfied or
when the sensor does not detect
the lane line.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the lane keeping assist
system.
In this case, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
For more information, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in
chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position.
- The AWD LOCK indicator light
illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then goes off.
• When you select AWD Lock mode
by pressing the AWD LOCK button.
- The AWD LOCK mode is to transfer a portion of the drive torque to
the rear wheels for increased
traction on wet pavement, snow
covered roads or when driving off
road.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you place the ignition switch
to the ON position.
- The Downhill Brake Control
Indicator Light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
• When you activate the system by
pressing the DBC button.
3-66
CAUTION
AWD Lock Mode
Do not use the AWD lock mode
on dry paved roads. Doing so
can cause abnormal noise or
vibration, and may damage the
AWD system.
This indicator light blinks:
• When the DBC is operating.
This indicator light illuminates yellow:
• When there is a malfunction with
the DBC system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to
"Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
System" in chapter 5.
LCD Display Messages
Shift to P or N to start engine
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position.
Shift to P
(for smart key system)
This message is displayed if you try
to turn off the engine without the shift
lever in P (Park) position.
If this occurs, the Engine Start/Stop
button turns to the ACC position (If
you press the Engine Start/Stop button once more, it will turn to the ON
position).
Key not detected
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
This warning message is displayed if
the smart key is not detected when you
press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Press brake pedal to start
engine (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
the Engine Start/Stop button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal and then pressing the Engine Start/Stop button.
Key not in vehicle
(for smart key system)
Press START button again
(for smart key system)
3
This message is displayed if you
were unable to start the vehicle when
the Engine Start/Stop button was
pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the
engine by pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button again.
If the warning message appears
each time you press the Engine
Start/Stop button, have your vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning message is displayed if
the smart key is not in the vehicle
when you press the Engine Start/
Stop button.
When attempting to start the vehicle,
always have the smart key with you.
3-67
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
You can start the engine with the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position. But,
for your safety, we recommend that
you start the engine with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position.
Low key battery
(for smart key system)
Convenient features of your vehicle
Battery discharging due to
external electrical devices
(if equipped)
This message is displayed if the battery voltage is weak due to any nonfactory electrical accessories (ex.
dashboard camera) while parking.
Be careful that the battery is not discharged.
If the warning message appears
after removing the non-factory electrical accessories, we recommend
that you have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Press START button with key
(for smart key system)
Door, Hood, Liftgate Open
Indicator
This warning message is displayed if
you press the Engine Start/Stop button while the warning message "Key
not detected" is displayed.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a
new one before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, you can start
the engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
OOS047112
This warning is displayed if any door
or the hood or the liftgate is left open.
The warning will indicate which door
is open in the display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you
should confirm that the door/
hood/liftgate is fully closed.
Also, check there is no door/
hood/liftgate open warning light
or message displayed on the
instrument cluster.
3-68
Sunroof Open (if equipped)
Low Pressure
Turn FUSE SWITCH on
3
OOS047115L
OOS047142L
This warning message is displayed if
the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be
illuminated.
For more information, refer to
"Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
This warning message is displayed if
the fuse switch located on the fuse
box under the steering wheel is OFF.
The fuse switch is turned OFF to
minimize battery draw when the
vehicle is in storage or in transportation where the vehicle will not be
operated for some time.
Under normal conditions, the fuse
switch should be set to the ON position.
For more information, refer to
"Fuses" in chapter 7.
3-69
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047113
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the engine when the sunroof is
open.
Close the sunroof securely before
leaving your vehicle.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Lights Mode
Wiper
■ Front
Low washer fluid (if equipped)
■ Rear
This warning message is displayed
if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Low fuel
OPD047120L
OPD047125L/OPD047126L
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting
control.
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper
control.
This warning message is displayed if
the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the
low fuel level warning light in the
cluster will come on.
It is recommended to look for the
nearest fueling station and refuel as
soon as possible.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Heated Steering Wheel turned
off (if equipped)
This message is displayed if you turn
off the heated steering wheel.
For more information, refer to
"Heated Steering Wheel" in this
chapter.
3-70
Engine overheated
This warning message is displayed
when the engine coolant temperature is above 248°F (120°C). This
means that the engine is overheated
and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer
to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
Check headlight (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
the headlights are not operating
properly. A headlight bulb may need
to be replaced.
i Information
Check High Beam Assist (HBA)
system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the High Beam
Assist (HBA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to
"High Beam Assist (HBA) system"
in chapter 3.
This warning message is displayed if
there is a malfunction with the
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system. Have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to
"Forward
Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.
Check Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Check
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to
"Check Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system" in chapter 5.
Check Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Driver
Attention Warning (DAW). Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more information, refer to
"Driver Attention Warning (DAW)"
in chapter 5.
3-71
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
Check Forward Collision
Avoidance Assist system
(if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
LCD DISPLAY
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons.
(1)
: MODE button for changing
modes
(2)
,
: MOVE
switch
for
changing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for
setting or resetting the selected item
OOS047038N
3-72
LCD Display Modes
Modes
Trip Computer
Symbol
Explanation
This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc.
For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
3
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Assist (if equipped)
This mode displays the state of :
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
- Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
- Tire pressure
For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system”, “Driver
Attention Warning (DAW) system” in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure Monitoring
System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
User Settings
Warning
The User Settings menu provides user options for a variety of settings including door
lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.
The Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one or
more systems is not operating normally.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-73
Convenient features of your vehicle
Turn By Turn (TBT)
(if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
Shift to P to edit settings
Trip computer mode
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and moving the shift lever to P (Park).
Quick guide help
This mode provides quick guides for
the systems in the User Settings
mode.
Select an item, press and hold the OK
button.
For more information about each
system, refer to this Owner's
Manual.
3-74
OPD047464N
OPDE046147R
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driving
parameters including fuel economy,
tripmeter information and vehicle
speed.
For more information, refer to
"Trip Computer" in this chapter.
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
Assist mode
Warning mode
OOS047118L
LKA/DAW
This mode displays the state of the
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
and Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system.
For more information, refer to
each system in chapter 5.
Tire Pressure
This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure.
For more information, refer to
"Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
3-75
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047119L
If one of followings occurs, warning
messages will be displayed on the
LCD display for several seconds.
- Low washer fluid
- Exterior lamp malfunction
(if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)
- High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunction (if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) malfunction (if equipped)
Convenient features of your vehicle
User settings mode
In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster,
doors, lamps, etc.
1. Head-up display (if equipped)
2. Driver Assistance
3. Door
4. Lights
5. Sound
6. Convenience
7. Service interval
8. Other
9. Language
10. Reset
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
1. Head-Up Display
Items
Explanation
Enable Head-Up Display
To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.
Display Height
To adjust the height of the image displayed
Rotation
To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
To select the content to be displayed.
- Turn by Turn
Content Selection
- Traffic Information
- Cruise control
- Lane keeping assist
- Blind-spot Collision Warning
Speed Size
To select the speedometer size displayed.
- Large/Medium/Small
Speed Color
To select the speedometer color displayed.
- White/Orange/Green
For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.
3-76
2. Driver Assistance
Items
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
Explanation
To adjust the sensitivity of the Driver Attention Warning.
- Off / Normal Sensitivity / High Sensitivity
For more information, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) System" in chapter 5.
For more information, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.
To activate or deactivate the Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
For more information, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in
chapter 5.
To adjust the initial warning alert time for Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA) system.
- Early / Normal / Late
Forward Collision Warning
For more information, refer to "Forward Collision Avoidance Assist (FCA) System" in chapter 5.
To activate or deactivate the Blind- Spot Collision Warning sound.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) Sound
For more information, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) System" in chapter 5.
3-77
Convenient features of your vehicle
Lane Safety
3
To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist function.
- Active LKA / Standard LKA / Lane Departure Warning
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. Door
Items
Auto Lock
Auto Unlock
Explanation
- Disable: The auto door lock operation will be canceled.
- Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3
mph (15 km/h).
- Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position (only when the engine is running).
- Disable: The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
- On Key Out: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the
key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key).
- Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set
to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key)
- On shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted to
the P (Park) position (only when the engine is running).
Two Press Unlock
- Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the
door unlock button is pressed.
- On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door
unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
Horn Feedback
To activate or deactivate the horn feedback.
If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the remote
key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).
3-78
4. Lights
Items
One Touch Turn Signal
Explanation
- Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
- 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more information, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
3
To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Headlight Delay
For more information, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
5. Sound
Items
Welcome Sound
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.
3-79
Convenient features of your vehicle
6. Convenience
Items
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
Wireless Charging System
For more information, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.
Wiper/Lights Display
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode.
When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change
the mode.
Gear Position Pop-up
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up.
When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.
Icy Road Warning
To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.
3-80
7. Service interval
Items
Explanation
Service Interval
To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
3
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following
situations each time the vehicle is turned on.
- Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.
- Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
i Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
3-81
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
Convenient features of your vehicle
8. Other
Items
Fuel Economy Reset
Explanation
- Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
- After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically.
- After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6
liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
For more information, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Fuel Economy Unit
To select the fuel economy unit.
- US gallon / UK gallon
Temperature Unit
To select the temperature unit.
- °C / °F
Tire Pressure Unit
To select the tire pressure unit.
- psi / kPa / bar
9. Language
Items
Language
Explanation
To select language.
10. Reset
Items
Reset
3-82
Explanation
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are
reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
TRIP COMPUTER
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving.
i Information
Fuel Economy
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
3
Drive Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
OOS047038N
To change the trip mode, toggle the
"
,
" switch on the steering
wheel.
Accumulated Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Digital Speedometer
3-83
Convenient features of your vehicle
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer (for example Average
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is
disconnected.
Trip modes
Convenient features of your vehicle
Average fuel economy/
Instant fuel economy
■ Type A
■ Type B
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy
is displayed.
Automatic reset
OPD047464N/OPD047465N
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance
and fuel consumption since the last
average fuel economy reset.
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automatically.
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between "After
Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the
User Settings mode on the LCD display.
- After Ignition: When the engine has
been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
average fuel economy will reset
automatically.
- After Refueling: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of
fuel or more and after driving speed
exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalculated.
3-84
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
• The instantaneous fuel economy is
displayed according to the bar
graph in the LCD display while
driving.
Accumulated Info display
■ Type A
■ Type B
The accumulated driving information
will continue to be counted while the
engine is still running (for example,
when the vehicle is in traffic or
stopped at a stop light).
Drive Info display
■ Type A
■ Type B
i Information
3
OPD047466N/OPD047467N
OPD047468N/OPD047469N
This display shows the accumulated
trip distance (1), the average fuel
economy (2), and the total driving
time (3).
The information is accumulated starting from the last reset.
To reset the information, press and
hold the OK button when viewing the
Accumulated driving info. The trip
distance, the average fuel economy,
and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
This display shows the trip distance
(1), the average fuel economy (2),
and the total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each
ignition cycle. However, when the
engine has been OFF for 4 hours or
longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To manually reset the information,
press and hold the OK button when
viewing the Drive Info. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and
total driving time will reset simultaneously.
3-85
Convenient features of your vehicle
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalculated.
Convenient features of your vehicle
The driving information will continue to
be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is
in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
Digital speedometer
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the
last ignition key cycle before the average
fuel economy will be recalculated.
OPDE046145R
The digital speedometer display
shows the speed of the vehicle.
3-86
HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Precautions while using the
head up display
The Head-Up Display is an optional
feature that allows the driver to view
information projected onto a transparent screen while still keeping your
eyes safely on the road ahead while
driving.
• Do not attach any stickers or
•
•
•
•
accessories on the head-up
display or crash pad.
Do not attempt to adjust or try
to move the combiner screen
or the mechanical door on top
of the dash manually by hand.
The image may be invisible
due to finger prints. Also,
excessive force applied during operation may damage the
display.
Do not place any objects near
the
head-up
display.
Interference with such objects
during activation may influence the operation or damage
the display.
Do not put any drinks near the
head-up display. If liquid flows
in the display, the unit could
be damaged.
3-87
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047079N
It may sometimes be difficult to read
information on the head up display in
the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned
in the driver's seat.
- The driver wears polarizing-filter
sunglasses.
- An object is located above the
head up display cover.
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
- Any improper lighting accessory is
installed inside the vehicle, or there
is incoming light from outside of
the vehicle.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the head
up display information, adjust the
image height of HUD or the head up
display brightness level in the User
Settings Mode. For more information,
refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
• Do not place any objects on or
•
•
•
•
around the head-up display.
Do not apply any decals or
stickers on the combiner
screen. Doing
so
may
obstruct the image display.
Avoid prolonged exposure of
direct sunlight onto the combiner screen.
Do not place any objects on,
inside, or near the combiner
screen when the head-up display is either opened or
closed.
Use caution to prevent any
objects from falling inside the
mechanical door.
Use only a soft cloth to clean
the combiner screen. Do not
use any organic solvents,
detergents, or polishing materials. Doing so could damage
the display.
For your safety, make sure to
stop the vehicle before adjusting the settings.
3-88
CAUTION
Head Up Display ON/OFF
• When you open or close the
HUD, noise may occur from
the motor and gear.
• When you adjust the image
height of the HUD, noise may
occur from the motor and
gear.
OOS047402N
Use the button on the left hand side
of the dash panel to activate/deactivate the Head-up display when the
ignition is in the ON position or when
the engine is running.
The Head-Up display will retract
automatically when the engine is
turned OFF and the doors are locked
with the Smart Key or when pressing
the button on the outside door handle.
Note that if the engine is turned OFF
and the doors are not locked, the
Head-up display will automatically
retract after approximately five minutes.
Head Up Display Information
i Information
If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT)
navigation information as HUD contents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information will not be displayed
on the LCD Display.
On the LCD display, you can change
the head up display settings as follows.
• Display Height
• Rotation
• Brightness
• Content Select
• Speedometer Size
• Speedometer Color
For more information, refer to
"LCD Display" in this chapter.
3-89
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047082N
1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation
information
2. Speed Limit Sign
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise Control SET Indicator
5. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system information
6. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system information
7. Warning Message (Low Fuel, etc.)
8. Audio Station Info
Head Up Display Setting
Convenient features of your vehicle
LIGHTING
Exterior Lights
Lighting control
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the
day, especially after dawn and before
sunset.
The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when :
• The headlamps are ON.
• The parking lamps are ON.
• The vehicle is turned off.
• The parking brake is engaged.
OOS047404N
1. OFF position
2. AUTO headlamp position
3. Parking lamp position
4. Headlamp position
3-90
OOS047050N
AUTO headlamp position (if
equipped)
The parking lamp and headlamp will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of daylight
as measured by the ambient light
sensor on the center dash.
Even with the AUTO headlamp feature in operation, it is recommended
to manually turn ON the headlamps
when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter
dark areas, such as tunnels and
parking facilities.
NOTICE
3
OOS047405N
OOS047406N
Parking lamp position (
)
The parking lamp, license plate lamp
and instrument panel lamp are turned
ON.
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, parking lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel lamp
are turned ON.
i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlamp.
3-91
Convenient features of your vehicle
• Do not cover or spill anything on
the sensor (1) located in front of
the instrument panel.
• Do not clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleanser may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the
AUTO headlamp system may not
work properly.
Convenient features of your vehicle
High beam operation
High Beam Assist (HBA)
(if equipped)
OOS047408N
OOS047407N
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlamp high beams are
switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you. The low
beams will turn on.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles approaching
you. Using high beam could
obstruct the other driver's vision.
3-92
To flash the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you, then
release the lever. The high beams
will remain ON as long as you hold
the lever towards you.
OOS047409N
The High Beam Assist (HBA) is a
system that automatically adjusts the
headlamp range (switches between
high beam and low beam) according
to the brightness of other vehicles
and road conditions.
Operating condition
1. Place the headlamp switch in the
AUTO position.
2. Turn on the high beam by pushing
the lever away from you.
The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( )
indicator will illuminate.
When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is
operating, the high beam switches to
low beamif any of the following conditions occur :
- When the headlamp of an on-coming vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in
front is detected.
- When the headlamp or tail lamp of
a motorcycle or a bicycle is detected.
- When the surrounding ambient light
is bright enough that high beams
are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
- When the headlamp switch is not in
the AUTO position.
- When the High Beam Assist (HBA)
is off.
- When vehicle speed is below 22mph
(35 km/h).
3
OOS047127L
Warning light and message
When the High Beam Assist (HBA) is
not working properly, the Check High
Beam Assist warning message will
come on for a few second. After the
message disappears, the master
warning light (
) will illuminate. Take
your vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the system
checked.
3-93
Convenient features of your vehicle
3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) will
turn on when vehicle speed is
above 25 mph (40 km/h).
• If the headlamp switch is pushed
away when the High Beam Assist
(HBA) is operating, the High Beam
Assist (HBA) will turn off and the
high beam will be on continuously.
• If the headlamp switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will turn on
without the High Beam Assist
(HBA) canceled. When you let go
of the light switch, the lever will
move to the middle and the high
beam will turn off.
• If the headlamp switch is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is on by the High Beam Assist
(HBA), the low beam will be on
and the High Beam Assist (HBA)
will turn off.
• If the headlamp switch is placed
to the headlamp ON position, the
High Beam Assist (HBA) will turn
off and the low beam will be on
continuously.
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
The system may not operate normally if any of the following conditions should occur:
1) When the illumination from
an on-coming vehicle or a
vehicle in front is dim. Such
examples may include:
• When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or the tail
lamps of a vehicle in front is
covered with dust, snow, or
water.
• When the headlamps on an oncoming vehicle are OFF, but the
fog lamps are ON.
2) When the High Beam Assist
camera is adversely affected
by an external condition.
Such examples may include:
• When the vehicle's headlamps have been damaged or
not repaired properly.
• When the vehicle headlamps
are not aimed properly.
3-94
• When the vehicle is driven on
• When the front window is cov-
a narrow curved road or rough
road
When the vehicle is driven on
an uphill road or downhill
road
When only part of the vehicle in
front is visible on a crossroad
or curved road.
When there is a traffic light,
reflecting sign, flashing sign or
mirror.
When the road conditions are
bad such as being wet or covered with snow.
When a vehicle suddenly
appears from a curve.
When the vehicle is tilted from
a flat tire or being towed.
When the Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system warning light
illuminates.
When the light from the oncoming or front vehicle is not
detected because of exhaust
fume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.
ered with foreign matters such
as ice, dust, fog, or is damaged.
3) When the forward visibility is
poor. Such examples may
include:
• When the headlamps of an oncoming vehicle or a vehicle in
front is not detected due to
poor outside visibility (smog,
smoke, dust, fog, heavy rain,
snow, etc.).
• When the windshield visibility
is poor.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
WARNING
• Do not attempt to disassem-
crash pad that reflect light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The system may malfunction if sunlight is reflected.
• At times, the High Beam
Assist (HBA) may not work
properly. The system is for
your convenience only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
for safe driving practices and
always check the road conditions for your safety.
• When the system does not
operate normally, change the
headlamp position manually
between the high beam and
low beam.
Turn signals and lane change
signals
3
OOS047410N
To signal a turn, push down on the
lever for a left turn or up for a right
turn in position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
3-95
Convenient features of your vehicle
ble the front view camera
without the assistance of an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer
technician.
If camera is
removed for any reason, the
system may need to be re-calibrated. Have the system
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the windshield of your vehicle is replaced, most likely the
front view camera will need to
be re-calibrated.
If this
occurs, have your vehicle
inspected and have the system re-calibrated by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Be careful that water doesn’t
get into the High Beam Assist
(HBA) unit and do not remove
or damage related parts of the
High Beam Assist (HBA) system.
• Do not place objects on the
Convenient features of your vehicle
Onetouch turn signal function
To activate the One Touch Turn
Signal function, push the turn signal
lever up or down to position (B) and
then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3,
5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the
One Touch Turn Signal function or
choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or
7) from the User Settings mode in
the LCD display.
Front fog lamp (if equipped)
For more information, refer to the
"LCD Display" section in this
chapter.
Fog lamps are used to provide
improved visibility when visibility is
poor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.
Use the switch next to the headlamp
switch to turn the fog lamps ON and
OFF.
1. Turn on the parking lamp.
2. Turn the headlamp switch (1) to
the front fog lamp position.
3. To turn off the front fog lamp, turn
the headlamp switch to the front
fog lamp position again or turn off
the parking lamp.
When in operation, the fog lamps
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lamps when visibility is poor.
Battery saver function
OOS047414N
3-96
NOTICE
The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lamp when the
driver turns the vehicle off and opens
the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
when the vehicle is turned off, perform
the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lamps OFF and
ON again using the headlamp
switch on the steering column.
Headlamp delay function
NOTICE
If the driver exits the vehicle
through another door besides the
driver door, the battery saver function does not operate and the
headlamp delay function does not
turn OFF automatically.
This may cause the battery to discharge. To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the headlamps
manually from the headlamp
switch before exiting the vehicle.
Smart cornering lamp
(if equipped)
As an optional safety feature, your
vehicle may be equipped with a
smart cornering lamp. The cornering
lamp turns ON automatically while
driving when the vehicle enters into a
cornering maneuver.
The system will operate under the
following conditions:
• When the headlamps are turned
ON
• When the steering angle is above
25 to 35 degrees (depending on
vehicle speed)
• When the vehicle speed is under
25 mph (40 kph)
When the smart cornering lamp
turns on, the front fog lamp turns off.
(if equipped)
3-97
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
If the key is removed from the ignition
switch or placed in the ACC position
or the LOCK/OFF position with the
headlamps ON, the headlamps
(and/or parking lamps) remain on for
about 5 minutes. However, if the driver’s door is opened and closed, the
headlights are turned off after 15
seconds. Also, with the engine off if
the driver's door is opened and
closed, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) are turned off after 15
seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking
lamps) can be turned off by pressing
the lock button on the remote key or
smart key twice or turning the headlamp switch to the OFF or AUTO
position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Headlamp Delay function from the
User Settings Mode in the LCD display.
For more information, refer to the
"LCD Display" section in this
chapter.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Interior Lights
WARNING
Front lamps
Front Map Lamp (1) :
Press either lenses to turn the map
lamp on or off. This light produces a
spot beam for convenient use as a
map lamp at night or as a personal
lamp for the driver and the front passenger.
■ Type A (Without sunglass case)
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark. The
interior lights may obscure your
view and cause an accident.
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will
discharge.
OOS047051
■ Type B (With sunglass case)
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically
go off approximately 20 minutes after
the engine is turned off and the
doors are closed. If a door is opened,
the lamp will go off 40 minutes after
the engine is turned off. If the doors
are locked by the remote key or
smart key and the vehicle enters the
armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.
3-98
OOS047052
Front Door Lamp (2) (
):
The front or rear room lamps come on
when the front or rear doors are
opened if the engine is running or not.
When doors are unlocked by the
remote key or smart key, the front and
rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is
not opened. The front and rear room
lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds when the door is
closed. However, if the ignition switch
is in the ON position or all doors are
locked, the front and rear lamps will
turn off. If a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC position or
the OFF position, the front and rear
lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.
Front room lamp
(3) :
Press the button to turn ON the
room lamp for the front/rear seats.
•
(4) :
Press the button to turn OFF the
room lamp for the front/rear seats
regardless of front or rear door open
position.
Luggage compartment lamp
(if equipped)
■ Type A
3
OOS047321
■ Type B
OOS047054
The luggage compartment lamp
comes on when the liftgate is
opened.
NOTICE
OOS047053
The luggage compartment lamp
comes on as long as the liftgate is
open. To prevent unnecessary battery system drain, close the liftgate securely after using the luggage compartment.
Rear Room Lamp (
):
Press this switch to turn the rear
room lamp on and off.
3-99
Convenient features of your vehicle
•
Rear lamp
Convenient features of your vehicle
Vanity mirror lamp
Welcome System
Welcome light
Interior lamp
OOS047055
Push the switch to turn the light on or
off.
•
: The lamp will turn on if this
button is pressed.
•
: The lamp will turn off if this
button is pressed.
NOTICE
Always have the switch in the off
position when the vanity mirror
lamp is not in use. If the sunvisor
is closed without the lamp off, it
may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor.
3-100
When the interior lamp switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors are
closed and locked, the room lamp
will come on for 30 seconds if any of
the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the remote key or
smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the remote key or
smart key the room lamp will turn off
immediately.
WIPERS AND WASHERS
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
■ Front windshield wiper/washer
OPD047454L
■ Rear windshield wiper/washer
C : Wash with brief wipes
(pull lever towards you)
D : Rear wiper/washer control
· HI – High wiper speed
· LO – Low wiper speed
· OFF – Off
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)
(push lever away from you)
* : if equipped
OTLA045318
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
push the lever upward and
release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is
held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. To
vary the speed setting, move
the speed control lever. The top
most setting will run the wipers
most frequently (for more rain).
The bottom setting will run the
wipers the least frequently (for
less rain).
AUTO : The rain sensor located on
the upper end of the windshield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval. The more it
rains, the faster the wiper
operates. When the rain
stops, the wiper stops.To
vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob (B).
3-101
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
Windshield Wipers
Convenient features of your vehicle
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
AUTO (Automatic) control
(if equipped)
i Information
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or
ice before using the wiper and washer,
it may damage the wiper and washer
system.
WARNING
Sensor
OOS047322N
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls
the wiping cycle for the proper interval.
The wiper operation time will be
automatically controlled depends on
rainfall.
When the rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the sensitivity setting, turn
the sensitivity control knob (1).
3-102
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when the ignition switch is in
the ON position, the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of
the system. Set the wiper to OFF
position when the wiper is not in use.
To avoid personal injury from
the windshield wipers, when the
engine is running and the windshield wiper switch is placed in
the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
CAUTION
Windshield Washers
WARNING
• When washing the vehicle, set
When the outside temperature
is below freezing, ALWAYS
warm the windshield using the
defroster to help prevent the
washer fluid from freezing on
the windshield and obscuring
your vision which could result
in an accident and serious
injury or death.
OTLE045164
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and
wiper operation will continue until
you release the lever. If the washer
does not work, you may need to add
washer fluid to the washer fluid
reservoir.
3-103
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
the wiper switch in the OFF
position to stop the auto wiper
operation. The wiper may operate and be damaged if the
switch is set in the AUTO mode
while washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor
cover located on the upper
end of the passenger side
windshield glass. Damage to
system parts could occur and
may not be covered by your
vehicle warranty.
• Because of using a photo sensor, temporary malfunction
could occur according to
sudden ambient light change
made by stone and dust while
driving.
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers and washer system,
use anti-freezing washer fluids
in the winter season or cold
weather.
3-104
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
OTLE045166
OTLE045165
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI – High wiper speed
LO – Low wiper speed
OFF – Off
Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
and wiper operation will continue
until you release the lever.
Auto rear wiper
The rear wiper will operate while the
vehicle is in reverse with the front
wiper ON by selecting the function on
the LCD display.
Go to 'User Settings → Convenience
→ Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.
DRIVER ASSIST SYSTEM
Rear view monitor
This is a supplemental system that
helps provide a view of the area
behind the vehicle through the audio
display while the vehicle is in the R
(Reverse) position.
WARNING
• Never rely solely on the Rear
view monitor when backingup.
• ALWAYS look around your
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any
direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven
close to objects, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children.
NOTICE
Always keep the camera lens
clean. The camera may not work
normally if the lens is covered
with dirt, water or snow.
OOS047091N
The rear view monitor will activate
when the engine is running and the
shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.
3-105
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047046
The rear view monitor is not a
safety device. It only serves to
assist the driver in identifying
objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera
does NOT cover the complete
area behind the vehicle.
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system (if equipped)
WARNING
• ALWAYS look around your vehi-
OOS047042
[A] : Sensor
The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) System assists the driver
during reverse movement of the vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed
within approximately 50 in (120 cm)
behind the vehicle.
This system is a supplemental system that senses objects within the
range and location of the sensors, it
cannot detect objects in other areas
where sensors are not installed.
3-106
cle to make sure there are not
any objects or obstacles before
moving the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention
when the vehicle is driven close
to objects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children.
• Be aware that some objects
may not be visible on the
screen or be detected by the
sensors, due to the objects
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.
Operation of the Parking
Distance Warning (Reverse)
system
Operating condition
• This system will activate when
backing up with the ignition switch
in the ON position. However, if the
vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph
(5km/h), the system may not detect
objects.
• If the vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph
(10 km/h), the system will not warn
you even though objects are
detected.
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
Types of warning sound and indicator
Types of warning sound
When an object is 24 to 47 in
(60 to 120 cm) from the rear
bumper, the warning sound
beeps intermittently.
When an object is within 12 in
(30 cm) from the rear bumper,
the warning sound beeps
continuously.
• The indicator may differ from the
illustration as objects or sensors status. If the indicator
blinks, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the audible warning does not
sound or if the buzzer sounds
intermittently when shifting into
R (Reverse) position, this may
indicate a malfunction with the
Parking
Distance
Warning
(Reverse) system. If this occurs,
have your vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
To turn off the Parking Distance
Warning (Reverse) system
(if equipped)
3
OOS047045L
Push the button to turn off the
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse)
system. The indicator light on the
button will turn on.
3-107
Convenient features of your vehicle
When an object is 12 to 24 in
(30 to 60 cm) from the rear
bumper, the warning sound
beeps more frequently.
Indicator
NOTICE
Convenient features of your vehicle
Non-operational conditions of
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system
The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system may not operate
normally when:
• The sensor is covered with dirt or
debris such as snow or ice, or the
sensor cover is blocked.
3-108
There is a possibility of the Parking
Distance Warning (Reverse) system
malfunction when:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces
such as unpaved roads, gravel,
bumps, or gradient.
• Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes
can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the
vehicle bumper height or sensor
installation has been modified.
Detecting range may decrease when:
• Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold.
• Undetectable objects smaller than
40 inches (1 m) and narrower than
6 inches (14 cm) in diameter.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system Precautions
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
• The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system may not operate
consistently in some circumstances depending on the speed of
the vehicle and the shapes of the
objects detected.
• The Parking Distance Warning
(Reverse) system may malfunction
if the vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified
or damaged. Any non-factory
installed equipment or accessories
may also interfere with the sensor
performance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 15 in. (40 cm)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is blocked with
snow, dirt, debris, or ice, the rear
parking assist system may be inoperative until the snow or ice melts,
or the debris is removed. Use a
soft cloth to wipe debris away from
the sensor.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could occur.
• Do not spray the sensors or its surrounding area directly with a high
pressure washer. Doing so may
cause the sensors to fail to operate
normally.
WARNING
Extreme caution should always
be taken to avoid accidents or
vehicle injuries. Do not solely
rely on the Parking Distance
Warning (Reverse) system.
Always drive safely and cautiously, especially when backing up in reverse.
3-109
Convenient features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Temperature control knob
3. Mode selection knob
4. Front windshield defroster position
5. A/C (Air conditioning) button
6. Rear window defroster button
7. Air intake control (recirculation) button
OOS047300L
3-110
Heating and Air Conditioning
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode
according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode or recirculation mode position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather a more efficient way to heat
the passenger compartment is to do
the following.
- Turn off or lower the blower, right after
starting the engine.
• Engine temperature is still low
and the air flow from the heater is
still cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and adjust the temperature
setting to hot.
Mode selection
OOS047304N
The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost
and Defrost air position.
3-111
Convenient features of your vehicle
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Floor & Defrost
(A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D)
OOS047305
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
3-112
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
MAX A/C-Level (B, D)
(if equipped)
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool
the inside of the vehicle faster. Air
flow is directed toward the upper
body and face.
In this mode, the A/C button and the
Recirculation mode button cannot be
selected. Turn the fan speed mode to
adjust.
After the interior cabin has cooled
sufficiently, move the temperature
knob away from the MAX A/C setting
and adjust the knob to the desired
position.
If you wish to continue using A/C ON,
make sure the A/C button LED is illuminated.
Instrument panel vents
Temperature control (2)
The temperature will
turning the knob to the
The temperature will
turning the knob to the
increase by
right.
decrease by
left.
Air intake control (7)
OOS047306N
The instrument panel vent air flow
can be directed up/down or left/right
using the vent adjustment lever.
The air flow can also be CLOSED
using the vent adjustment lever. The
instrument panel air vents are the
"click-to-close" type.
To CLOSE the instrument panel
vents perform the following:
- For the driver side vents, slide the
vent adjustment lever to the LEFT
until it clicks.
- For the passenger side vents, slide
the vent adjustment lever to the
right until it clicks.
Recirculation mode
When
Recirculation
mode is selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
recirculated through the
system and heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is
selected, air enters the
vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
3-113
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
The air intake control button is used
to select either Fresh mode (outside
air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
i Information
Using the system primarily in Fresh
mode and Recirculation mode only
when needed is recommended for best
results.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the
A/C ON can cause fogging of the
windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C
ON in Recirculation mode may result
in excessively dry, dehumidified air in
the cabin.
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
Recirculation mode for a prolonged period of time may
cause drowsiness to the
occupants in the cabin. This
may lead to loss of vehicle
control which may lead to an
accident.
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
Recirculation mode with the
A/C OFF may allow humidity
to increase inside the cabin.
This may cause condensation
to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or
remain parked in your vehicle
with the windows up and
either the heater or the air
conditioning ON for prolonged periods of time. Doing
so may increase the levels of
carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious
injury or death.
3-114
Fan speed control (1)
Turn the knob to the right to increase
the fan speed and airflow. Turn the
knob to the left to decrease fan
speed and airflow.
Setting the fan speed control knob to
the "0" position turns off the fan.
NOTICE
Operating the fan speed when the
ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to
discharge. Operate the fan speed
when the engine is running.
Air conditioning (5)
Push the A/C button to turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate)
and off.
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation
1. Select the Face Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning
ON with the temperature control
knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into
the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or press
the Front Defrost
mode.
Air conditioning
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-1234yf
refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
allow the cabin to cool quickly.
When the desired temperature in
the cabin is reached, change the
air intake control back to Fresh
mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position, then set the fan
speed control to the highest setting.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high. Air
conditioning system operation
when climbing a steep grade or in
high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan, but turn
the air conditioning system off if
the engine temperature gauge
indicates engine overheating.
3-115
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to recirculation mode. Return the control to
Fresh mode when the unpleasant
air outside has diminished. This will
help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to fresh mode and
fan speed to the desired position,
turn on the air conditioning system,
and adjust the temperature control
to the desired temperature.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside
air position.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows
and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• If you operate air conditioner excessively, the difference between the
temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visibility.
In this case, set the mode selection
knob or button to the
position
and fan speed control to the lower
speed.
3-116
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
System Maintenance
Cabin air filter
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
reduces the performance of the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Cabin air filter
Evaporator
core
Heater core
1LDA5047
The cabin air filter is installed behind
the glove box. It filters the dust or other
pollutants that enter the vehicle
through the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the cabin air filter replaced by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent cabin air
filter inspections and changes are
required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage
to the compressor and abnormal
system operation may occur. To
prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
■ Example
WARNING
3
OOS087008L
OHYK059001
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the
hood.
Each symbols and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
3-117
Convenient features of your vehicle
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is
mildly flammable and
operated at high pressure, the air conditioning system should only
be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. It is important
that the correct type and amount
of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environment. Failure to
heed these warnings can lead to
serious injuries.
Convenient features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Temperature control knob
2. Fan speed control knob
3. AUTO (automatic control) button
4. Air conditioning button
5. OFF button
6. Front windshield defroster button
7. Mode selection button
8. Rear window defroster button
9. Air intake control button
10. Climate control information screen
OOS047301L
3-118
Automatic Temperature
Control Mode
OOS047308
NOTICE
Never place anything near the
ambient light/solar sensor to
ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
Manual Temperature Control
Mode
The heating and cooling system can be
controlled manually by pushing buttons
other than the AUTO button. In this case,
the system works sequentially according
to the order of buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected
will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode
according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh
mode position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button to convert to
full automatic control of the system.
3-119
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
The Automatic Climate Control
System is controlled by setting the
desired temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button (3).
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by the temperature setting you select.
2. Turn the temperature control knob
(1) to the desired temperature. If
the temperature is set to the lowest setting (Lo), the air conditioning system will operate continuously. After the interior has cooled
sufficiently, adjust the knob to a
higher temperature set point
whenever possible.
To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time
to deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO'
sign will illuminate on the information display once again.)
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions
operate automatically.
For your convenience and to improve
the efficiency of the climate control,
use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 73°F (23°C).
To change the temperature unit from
°F to °C or °C to °F:
Press and hold the AUTO and OFF
buttons on the climate control unit for
3 seconds.
Convenient features of your vehicle
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather using manual temperature
control, operate the system in the following method to improve heating.
- Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
• Allow the engine to warm up during this time since the air flow
from the heater is still cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and adjust the temperature
setting to hot.
Mode selection
OOS047304N
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.
3-120
The air flow outlet direction is cycled
as follows:
Face-Level (B, D)
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Instrument panel vents
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
3
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (A, D) (6)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
OOS047306N
The instrument panel vent air flow
can be directed up/down or left/right
using the vent adjustment lever.
The air flow can also be CLOSED
using the vent adjustment lever. The
instrument panel air vents are the
"click-to-close" type.
To CLOSE the instrument panel
vents perform the following:
- For the driver side vents, slide the
vent adjustment lever to the LEFT
until it clicks.
- For the passenger side vents, slide
the vent adjustment lever to the
right until it clicks.
3-121
Convenient features of your vehicle
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Floor & Defrost
(A, C, D, E)
Convenient features of your vehicle
Temperature control (1)
Turn the knob to the right to increase
the temperature. Turn the knob to the
left to decrease temperature.
The temperature will increase or
decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incremental location. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
Air intake control (9)
The air intake control button is used
to select either Fresh mode (outside
air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode
When
Recirculation
mode is selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
recirculated through the
system and heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
3-122
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is
selected, air enters the
vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
i Information
Using the system primarily in Fresh
mode and Recirculation mode only
when needed is recommended for best
results.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the
A/C ON can cause fogging of the windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C
ON in Recirculation mode may result in
excessively dry, dehumidified air in the
cabin.
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
Recirculation mode for a prolonged period of time may
cause drowsiness to the
occupants in the cabin. This
may lead to loss of vehicle
control which may lead to an
accident.
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
Recirculation mode with the
A/C OFF may allow humidity
to increase inside the cabin.
This may cause condensation
to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or
remain parked in your vehicle
with the windows up and
either the heater or the air
conditioning ON for prolonged periods of time. Doing
so may increase the levels of
carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious
injury or death.
Fan speed control (2)
Air conditioning (4)
The fan speed can be set as desired
by pushing the fan speed control button.
More air is delivered with higher fan
speeds.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
Push the A/C button to manually turn
the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.
NOTICE
Operating the fan when the ignition switch is in the ON position
could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan when the
engine is running.
Push the OFF button to turn the climate control system off. You can still
operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is
in the ON position.
1. Select the Face Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Select the Floor Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning
ON with the temperature control
knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into
the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or press
the Front Defrost
mode.
3-123
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
i Information
For better sound quality, fan speed
may automatically slow down for a
couple of minutes when you activate
voice recognition or hands free.
OFF mode (5)
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation
Convenient features of your vehicle
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the car through the
ventilation system, temporarily set
the air intake control to the recirculation mode. Return the control to
the to Fresh mode when the
unpleasant air outside has diminished. This will help keep the driver
alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to fresh mode and
the fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning
system, and adjust the temperature
control to the desired temperature.
3-124
Air conditioning
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-1234yf
refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Set the mode to the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
allow the cabin to cool quickly.
When the desired temperature in
the cabin is reached, change the
air intake control back to Fresh
mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position, then set the fan
speed control to the highest setting.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures. Air
conditioning system operation
when climbing a steep grade or in
high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating. Continue to use the fan, but
turn the air conditioning system
off if the engine temperature
gauge indicates engine overheating.
Air conditioning system operation
tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside
air position.
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
System Maintenance
Cabin air filter
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
reduces the performance of the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower
Cabin air filter
Evaporator
core
Heater core
1LDA5047
The cabin air filter is installed behind
the glove box. It filters the dust or other
pollutants that enter the vehicle
through the heating and air conditioning system.
Have the The cabin air filter replaced
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent cabin air
filter inspections and changes are
required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage
to the compressor and abnormal
system operation may occur. To
prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
3-125
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air
and that of the windshield could
cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss
of visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button to
the
position and fan speed
control to the lower speed.
Convenient features of your vehicle
■ Example
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant is
mildly flammable and
operated at high pressure, the air conditioning system should only
be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. It is important
that the correct type and amount
of oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to the
atmosphere is harmful to individuals and environment. Failure to
heed these warnings can lead to
serious injuries.
3-126
OOS087008L
OHYK059001
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located inside of the
hood.
Each symbols and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Windshield heating
NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still
cold after starting, then a brief
engine warm up period may be
required for the vented air flow to
become warm or hot.
Manual Climate Control System
3
OOS047309
To defog inside windshield
1. Select any fan speed except "0"
position.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Select the
or
position.
4. Fresh mode will be selected automatically. Additionally, the air conditioning will automatically operate if
the mode is selected to the
position.
Check to make sure the A/C is ON. If
the A/C ON LED is not illuminated,
press the A/C button once to turn the
air conditioner ON.
3-127
Convenient features of your vehicle
Do not use the
or
position during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility could cause an accident resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the
position and fan
speed control knob or button to
a lower speed.
• For maximum defrost performance, set the temperature control
knob to the highest temperature
setting (rotated all the way to the
right) and the fan speed control to
the highest setting.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set the
mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side
windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the windshield.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Check to make sure the air intake
control is in Fresh mode. If the air
intake control LED is illuminated,
press the button once to enable
Fresh mode (LED OFF).
Automatic Temperature Control
System (if equipped)
OOS047312
OOS047311
OOS047310
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
setting (knob rotated all the way to
the right).
2. Set the temperature control to the
highest temperature setting.
3. Select the
position.
4. Fresh mode (Recirculation OFF)
and A/C ON will automatically be
selected.
3-128
To defog inside windshield
1. Select the desired fan speed.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. Fresh mode will be selected automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake
control is in Fresh mode. If the air
intake control LED is illuminated,
press the button once to enable
Fresh mode (LED OFF).
If the
position is selected, the fan
speed is automatically increased.
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically.
If the
position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
Defogging logic
To reduce the probability of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to
certain conditions such as
or
positions. To cancel or reset the
defogging logic, do the following.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
Auto Defogging System
(Additional Feature with
Automatic Temperature
Control System)
Auto defogging reduces the possibility of fogging up the inside of the windshield by automatically sensing the
moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is
on.
i Information
The auto defogging system may not
operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 50 °F (-10 °C).
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
3-129
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
Manual climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button (
).
3. Press the air intake control button
at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The LED indicator on the A/C ON
button will blink 3 times to indicate
that the defogging logic has been
disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable
the defogging logic.
Automatic climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button (
).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The Automatic Temperature Control
information screen will blink 3 times
to indicate that the defogging logic
has been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable
the defogging logic.
Convenient features of your vehicle
When the Auto Defogging
System operates, the indicator will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is
detected in the vehicle, the Auto
Defogging System will be enabled.
The following steps will be performed
automatically:
Step 1) The air intake control will
change to Fresh mode.
Step 2) The A/C button will turn ON.
Step 3) The mode will be changed to
defrost to direct airflow to the
windshield.
Step 4) The fan speed will be set to
MAX.
If the air conditioning is off or recirculated air position is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is
ON, the Auto Defogging System
Indicator will blink 3 times to signal
that the manual operation has been
canceled.
3-130
To cancel or reset the
Auto Defogging System
Press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. When the
Auto Defogging System is canceled,
the ADS OFF symbol will blink 3 times
and ADS OFF will be displayed on the
climate control information screen.
When the Auto Defogging System is
reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink
6 times without a signal.
i Information
• When the air conditioning is turned
on by Auto defogging system, if you
try to turn off the air conditioning, the
indicator will blink 3 times and the air
conditioning will not be turned off.
• To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging
System, do not select Recirculation
mode while the system is operating.
• When the Auto Defogging System is
operating, the fan speed adjustment
knob, the temperature adjustment
knob, and the air intake control button are all disabled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
Rear Window Defroster
■ Automatic climate control system
i Information
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the rear
window defroster conducting elements bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use
sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives to
clean the window.
If you want to defrost and defog
the front windshield, refer to the
"Windshield
Defrosting
and
Defogging" section in this chapter.
■ Manual climate control system
OOS047303L
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the interior and exterior of the rear
window, while the engine is running.
• To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
control panel. The indicator on the
rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the
rear window defroster button again.
Side view mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
side view mirror defrosters, they will
operate at the same time you turn on
the rear window defroster.
OOS047302L
3-131
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
• If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it
off before operating the rear
defroster.
• The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately
20 minutes or when the ignition
switch is in the LOCK/OFF position.
Convenient features of your vehicle
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES (IF EQUIPPED)
Cluster ionizer
Automatic Ventilation
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the clean air function turns
on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the ignition
switch is in the OFF position.
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position or when the engine is running and temperature is below 59°F
(15°C) with the recirculation mode
selected more than five minutes, the
air intake position will automatically
change to fresh mode.
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, press the mode selection button
and the recirculation mode button
five times within three seconds.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is enabled, the Recirculation
button LED indicator will blink 6
times.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is disabled, the Recirculation
button LED indicator will blink 3
times.
3-132
Sunroof Inside Air
Recirculation
When the sunroof is opened, outside
(fresh) air will be automatically
selected. At this time, if you press the
air intake control button, recirculated
air position will be selected but will
change back to outside (fresh) air
after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is
closed, the air intake position will
return to the original position that
was selected.
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Center Console Storage
Glove Box
Never store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.
3
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside
your vehicle are moving as fast
as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, the items may fly out
of the compartment and may
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
OOS047056
To open :
Grab and hold the latch (1) on the
arm rest then lift the lid.
OOS047057
To open:
Pull the lever (1).
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box
door after use.
An open glove box door can
cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the
passenger is wearing a seat belt.
To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
3-133
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
Convenient features of your vehicle
Sunglass Holder
WARNING
Multi Box
• Do not keep objects except
OOS047058
To open:
Push and release the cover and the
holder will slowly open. Place your
sunglasses in the compartment door
with the lenses facing out.
To close:
Push back into position.
Make sure the sunglass holder is
closed while driving.
3-134
sunglasses inside the sunglass holder. Such objects can
be thrown from the holder in
the event of a sudden stop or
an accident, possibly injuring
the passengers in the vehicle.
• Do not open the sunglass
holder while the vehicle is
moving. The rear view mirror
of the vehicle can be blocked
by an open sunglass holder.
• Do not put the glasses forcibly
into a sunglass holder. It may
cause personal injury if you
try to open it forcibly when the
glasses are jammed in holder.
OOS048059
Small things may be placed in the
multi box.
WARNING
Do not keep objects that can be
thrown from the multi box and
severely injure passengers in
the vehicle in the event of a sudden stop or an accident.
INTERIOR FEATURES
Rear
Cup Holder
• Do not place uncovered or
OOS048060
OOS047061N
Cups or small beverages cups may
be placed in the cup holders.
Pull the armrest down to use the cup
holders.
WARNING
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
them in a hot vehicle. It may
explode.
• Avoid abrupt starting and
braking when the cup holder
is in use to prevent spilling
your drink. If hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. Such a
burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
3-135
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
unsecured cups, bottles,
cans, etc., in the cup holder
containing hot liquid while the
vehicle is in motion. Injuries
may result in the event of a
sudden stop or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup
holders. Hard objects can
injure you in an accident.
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
Sunvisor
NOTICE
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids do
not use hot air to blow out or dry
the cup holder. This may damage the interior.
Close the vanity mirror cover
securely and return the sunvisor
to its original position after use.
WARNING
For your safety, do not block
your view when using the sunvisor.
OOS047062
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun
from the side window, pull it downward, release it from the bracket (1)
and swing it to the side (2) towards
the window.
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the sunvisor and slide the mirror
cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed (if equipped).
3-136
NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the
ticket holder at one time. This
could cause damage to the ticket
holder.
Power Outlet
WARNING
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not
place your fingers or foreign
objects (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet or touch the power outlet
with a wet hand.
OOS048063
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 180 W
with the engine running.
To prevent damage to the Power
Outlets :
• Use the power outlet only when
the engine is running and
remove the accessory plug after
use. Using the accessory plug
for prolonged periods of time
with the engine off could cause
the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W
in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
3-137
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
NOTICE
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle's
power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static
and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used
in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will
go. If good contact is not made,
the plug may overheat and the
fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with
reverse current protection. The
current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause
system malfunction.
Convenient features of your vehicle
USB charger (if equipped)
OOS048143
The USB charger is designed to
recharge batteries of small size electrical devices using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be
recharged when the ignition switch
or the Engine Start/Stop button is in
the ACC, ON or START position.
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port after use.
3-138
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may
get warmer during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging system.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC,
which adopts a different re-charging method, may not be properly
re-charged. In this case, use an
exclusive charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
charging terminal either to turn ON
an audio or to play media on the
AVN.
Wireless Cellular Phone
Charging System (if equipped)
OOS048064
On certain models, the vehicle
comes equipped with a wireless cellular phone charger.
The system is available when all
doors are closed, and when the ignition switch is in the ACC/ON position.
To charge a cellular phone
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless
charging unit. If not, the wireless
charging process may be interrupted. Place the cellular phone
on the center of the charging pad.
2. The indicator light is orange when
the cellular phone is charging. The
indicator light turns green when
phone charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user
settings mode on the instrument
cluster. For further information,
refer to the "LCD Display Modes"
in this chapter.
If your cellular phone is not charging:
- Slightly change the position of the
cellular phone on the charging pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is
orange.
The indicator light will blink orange
for 10 seconds if there is a malfunction in the wireless charging system.
In this case, temporarily stop the
charging process, and re-attempt to
charge your cellular phone again.
The system warns you with a message on the LCD display if the cellular phone is still on the wireless
charging unit after the engine is
turned OFF and the front door is
opened.
i Information
For some manufacturer's cellular
phones, the system may not warn you
even though the cellular phone is left
on the wireless charging unit. This is
due to the particular characteristic of
the cellular phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
NOTICE
• The wireless cellular phone
charging system may not support certain cellular phones,
which are not verified for the Qi
specification (
).
• When placing your cellular
phone on the charging mat,
position the phone in the middle
of the mat for optimal charging
performance. If your cell phone
is off to the side, the charging
rate may be less and in some
cases the cell phone may experience higher heat conduction.
• In some cases, the wireless
charging may stop temporarily
when the Smart Key is used,
either when starting the vehicle
or locking/unlocking the doors,
etc.
• When charging certain cellular
phones, the charging indicator
may not change to green when
the cell phone is fully charged.
3-139
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
The wireless cellular phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
cellular phones (
). Read the label
on the cellular phone accessory
cover or visit your cellular phone
manufacturer's website to check
whether your cellular phone supports
the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular
phone on the wireless charging unit.
Convenient features of your vehicle
• The wireless charging process
may temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases
inside the wireless cellular
phone charging system. The
wireless charging process
restarts, when temperature falls
to a certain level.
• The wireless charging process
may temporarily stop when
there is any metallic item, such
as a coin, between the wireless
cellular phone charging system
and cellular phone.
• When charging some cell
phones with the case still
applied, the wireless charging
speed may decrease and the
wireless charging may stop.
• If the cellular phone has a thick
cover, the wireless charging may
not be possible.
• If the cell phone is not completely contacting the charging pad,
wireless charging may not operate properly.
• Some magnetic items like credit
cards, phone cards or rail tickets
may be damaged if left with the
cellular phone during the charging process.
3-140
• If the cellular phone without the
wireless charging function or
the metallic items are placed on
the charging pad, it may cause
slight noise. This noise does not
affect the cellular phone and the
vehicle, because this noise is an
operating sound during determining the item on the charging
pad.
i Information
If the ignition switch is OFF, the
charging also stops.
i Information
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Clock
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the
clock while driving. Doing so
may result in distracted driving
which may lead to an accident
involving personal injury or
death.
Vehicles with Audio system
Select the [SETUP] button on the
audio system ➟ Select [Date/Time].
• Set time: Set the time displayed on
the audio screen.
• Time format: Choose between 12hour and 24-hour time formats.
Vehicles with Navigation system
Select the Settings menu on the
Navigation
system
➟
Select
[Date/Time].
• GPS time: Displays time according
to the received GNSS time.
• 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24
hour.
Clothes Hanger
WARNING
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
3
These hangers are not designed to
hold large or heavy items.
OOS047066
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothes pockets.
In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may
cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
OOS047067
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors
to attach the front floor mats to the
vehicle. The anchors on the front
floor carpet keep the floor mats from
sliding forward.
WARNING
Do not overlay additional mats
or liners over the floor mats. If
using All Weather mats, remove
the carpeted floor mats before
installing them. Only use floor
mats designed to connect to the
anchors.
3-141
Convenient features of your vehicle
OOS047065
Convenient features of your vehicle
WARNING
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat
to the vehicle.
• Ensure to remove a protective
film attached on the carpet
before attaching a floor mat
on the front floor carpet.
Otherwise, the floor mat may
move freely on the protective
film and it could result in
unintentional braking or
accelerating.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top
of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single
floor mat should be installed
in each position.
3-142
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver’s side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends
that the HYUNDAI floor mat
designed for use in your vehicle
be installed.
Luggage Net Holder (if equipped)
OOS047068N
To keep items from shifting in the luggage compartment, you can use the
4 holders located in the luggage
board to attach the luggage net.
Make sure the luggage net is securely
attached to the holders in the luggage
board.
WARNING
Cargo Area Cover
NOTICE
Since the cargo area cover may be
damaged or deformed, do not put
luggage on it when it is being
used.
3
WARNING
• Do not place objects on the
OOS047069
Use the cover to hide items stored in
the cargo area.
The cargo area cover will lift when
the liftgate is opened.
Disconnect the strap (1) from the
holder if you want to return the cover
to the original position. To remove the
cargo area cover completely, lift the
cover to a 50-degree angle and pull it
out (2).
cargo area cover while driving. Such objects may be
thrown about inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle
occupants during an accident
or when braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in
the luggage compartment. It
is designed for luggage only.
• Maintain balance of the vehicle and locate the weight as
far forward as possible.
3-143
Convenient features of your vehicle
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net.
ALWAYS keep your face and
body out of the luggage net's
recoil path. DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or damage.
Use the luggage net to keep
only light items from shifting in
the luggage compartment.
Convenient features of your vehicle
Luggage tray (if equipped)
OOS047070
To increase luggage space
OOS047320
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in
the box for easy access.
• Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and lift it.
OOS047319
1. Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and pull out the luggage tray
board backwards.
3-144
2. Pull out the luggage tray board
completely and remove the luggage tray.(If the luggage tray is
equipped.)
3. Push the luggage tray board forwards into the lower sliding slot.
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof Side Rails (if equipped)
NOTICE
• The vehicle center of gravity
WARNING
OOS047317
If your vehicle comes equipped with
roof side rails, then roof side rails
crossbars can be installed on top of
your vehicle.
The roof side rails crossbars are an
accessory and are available at your
local HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, be sure not to position
cargo onto the roof side rails in
such a way that it could interfere
with sunroof operation.
• The following specification is
the maximum weight that can
be loaded onto the roof side
rails. Distribute the load as
evenly as possible onto the
roof side rails and secure the
load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in
excess of the specified weight
limit on the roof side rails may
damage your vehicle.
ROOF SIDE
RAILS
176 lbs. (80kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
will be higher when items are
loaded onto the roof side
rails. Avoid sudden starts,
braking, sharp turns, abrupt
maneuvers or high speeds
that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover resulting in an accident.
• Always drive slowly and turn
corners carefully when carrying items on the roof side rails.
Severe wind updrafts, caused
by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden
upward pressure on items
loaded on the roof side rails.
This is especially true when
carrying large, flat items such
as wood panels or mattresses.
This could cause the items to
fall off the roof side rails and
cause damage to your vehicle
or others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of
cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving to make sure the items on
the roof side rails are securely fastened.
3-145
3
Convenient features of your vehicle
• When carrying cargo on the roof
side rails, take the necessary
precautions to make sure the
cargo does not damage the roof
of the vehicle.
• When carrying large objects on
the roof side rails, make sure
they do not exceed the overall
roof length or width.
Infotainment System
Infotainment System..............................................4-2
AUX, USB and iPod® Port ...............................................4-2
Antenna ...............................................................................4-2
Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free...........4-4
Audio (Display Audio) / Video /
Navigation System (AVN).................................................4-5
4
Infotainment System
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
NOTICE
AUX, USB and iPod® Port
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle's audio
and electronic devices may not
function properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,
hand cleaner, and air freshener
from contacting the interior
parts because they may cause
damage or discoloration.
Antenna
Pole antenna (if equipped)
OOS048074
You can use an AUX or USB cable to
connect audio devices to the vehicle
AUX or USB port.
i Information
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the portable audio
device's power source.
❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
4-2
OOS047071
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive AM or/and FM broadcast signals. This antenna pole is removable.
To remove the roof antenna pole,
turn it counterclockwise.
To install the roof antenna pole, turn
it clockwise.
NOTICE
Steering Wheel Audio Control
■ Type A
4
OOS047072
OOS048421
The shark fin antenna receives
transmitted data. (for example:
AM/FM, SXM, GPS, LTE)
■ Type B
OOS047073
NOTICE
Do not operate multiple audio
remote control buttons simultaneously.
4-3
Infotainment System
• Before entering a place with a
low height clearance or a car
wash, remove the antenna pole
by rotating it counterclockwise.
If not, the antenna may be damaged.
• When reinstalling your roof
antenna, it is important that it is
fully tightened and adjusted to
the upright position to ensure
proper reception.
• When cargo is loaded on the
roof rack, do not place the cargo
near the antenna pole to ensure
proper reception.
Shark fin antenna (if equipped)
Infotainment System
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
• Press the VOLUME switch up to
increase volume.
• Press the VOLUME switch down to
decrease volume.
SEEK/PRESET (
/
) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is
pressed up or down and held for 0.8
second or more, it will function in the
following modes:
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. It will SEEK until you
release the button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/RW button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN button.
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Hands-Free
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to toggle
through Radio, SXM, or AUX modes.
MUTE (
) (4)
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
OOS047075
i Information
Detailed information for audio control
buttons are described in the separately
supplied manual with the vehicle.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is
pressed up or down, it will function in
the following modes:
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN button.
4-4
OOS047076
Bluetooth®
With the
Wireless
Technology in the vehicle, you can
use the phone wireless.
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone
Detailed information for the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology hands-free is
described in the Vehicle Infotainment
User's Manual.
Audio (Display Audio) / Video /
Navigation System (AVN)
(if equipped)
4
Infotainment System
Detailed information for the AVN system is described in the Vehicle
Infotainment User's Manual.
4-5
Driving your vehicle
Before driving.........................................................5-4
Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-4
Before Starting ..................................................................5-4
Ignition switch ........................................................5-6
Key Ignition Switch ...........................................................5-6
Engine Start/Stop Button................................................5-9
Automatic Transmission ......................................5-14
Automatic Transmission Operation.............................5-14
Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-18
Dual clutch transmission.....................................5-20
Dual Clutch Transmission Operation ..........................5-20
Good Driving Practices ..................................................5-27
Braking system.....................................................5-29
Power Brakes ...................................................................5-29
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........................................5-30
Parking Brake...................................................................5-30
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-32
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-34
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-36
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-37
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ......................................5-37
Good Braking Practices.................................................5-39
All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........................................5-40
AWD operation.................................................................5-41
Emergency precautions.................................................5-44
Drive Mode Integrated Control System ............5-46
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ...5-47
BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning)...........................5-48
RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning).........5-50
Detecting sensor .............................................................5-52
Limitations of the System.............................................5-53
Declaration of conformity .................................5-55
Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA)
system - Camera type.........................................5-56
System setting and activation......................................5-56
FCA warning message and system control ..............5-58
FCA sensor........................................................................5-60
System malfunction........................................................5-62
Limitations of the system .............................................5-64
Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA)
system-sensor fusion type
(Front radar + Front camera) ............................5-69
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-69
FCA Warning Message and System Control ............5-71
FCA Sensor .......................................................................5-73
System Malfunction .......................................................5-74
Limitations of the System.............................................5-76
5
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...................5-81
Special Driving Conditions ................................5-115
LKA system Operation ...................................................5-82
Warning Light and Message.........................................5-86
Limitations of the System.............................................5-87
LKA system Function Change ......................................5-88
Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-115
Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-115
Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-116
Driving at Night .............................................................5-116
Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-116
Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-117
Highway Driving ............................................................5-117
Reducing the risk of a rollover .................................5-118
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system .........5-89
System Setting and Activation.....................................5-90
Resetting the System .....................................................5-90
System Standby...............................................................5-91
System Malfunction .......................................................5-91
5
Winter driving.....................................................5-119
Cruise Control operation ...............................................5-93
Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-119
Winter Precautions.......................................................5-121
Smart Cruise Control system..............................5-98
Vehicle load limit................................................5-123
Cruise Control.......................................................5-93
Smart Cruise Control Switch ........................................5-98
Smart Cruise Control Speed .........................................5-99
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance...........................................................................5-103
Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead ..5-106
SCC Reaction Setting ...................................................5-108
Conventional Cruise Control Mode...........................5-109
Limitations of the System...........................................5-109
Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-124
Trailer towing .....................................................5-128
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause
unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If
you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the
vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an
open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield
clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the liftgate open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
5-3
5
Driving your vehicle
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only
long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
including components found in
the interior furnishings in a
vehicle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects and reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids
contained in vehicles and certain products of components
contain or emit chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive
harm.
5-4
Before Entering the Vehicle
Before Starting
• Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
• Make sure the hood, the liftgate,
and the doors are securely closed
and locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their
seatbelts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in
the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display
when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and
drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result
in an accident and SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number
one contributor to the highway
death toll each year. Even a
small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one
drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions
and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each
additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous
or more dangerous than driving
under the influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have
a serious accident if you drink or
take drugs and drive. If you are
drinking or taking drugs, don't
drive. Do not ride with a driver
who has been drinking or taking
drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.
5
Driving your vehicle
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.
All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in
chapter 2.
• Always drive defensively.
Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and
make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of
driving. Driver distraction can
cause accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between
you and the vehicle in front of
you.
WARNING
5-5
Driving your vehicle
IGNITION SWITCH
Key Ignition Switch
ACC
ON
START
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
• NEVER allow children or any
person who is unfamiliar with
the vehicle to touch the ignition switch or related parts.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.
• NEVER reach through the
steering wheel for the ignition
switch, or any other control,
while the vehicle is in motion.
The presence of your hand or
arm in this area may cause a
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
5-6
LOCK
OAE056172L
Whenever the front door is opened,
the ignition switch will illuminate, provided the ignition switch is not in the
ON position. The light will go off
immediately when the ignition switch
is turned on or go off after about 30
seconds when the door is closed. (if
equipped)
WARNING
NEVER turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK or ACC position
while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This
will result in the engine turning
off and loss of power assist for
the steering and brake systems.
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in P (Park, for automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission vehicle) position, apply the
parking brake, and turn ignition
switch to the LOCK position.
Unexpected vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions
are not followed.
Key ignition switch positions
Switch
Position
Action
LOCK
To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, put the
key in at the ACC position and turn the key towards the
LOCK position.
The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.
(The shift lever must be in the P (Park) position for automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission vehicles)
ACC
START
Electrical accessories are usable.
The steering wheel unlocks.
5
This is the normal key position when the engine has Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when
started.
the engine is not running in order to prevent the battery
from discharging.
All features and accessories are usable.
The warning lights can be checked when you turn the
ignition switch from ACC to ON.
To start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START The engine will crank until you release the key.
position. The switch returns to the ON position when you
let go of the key.
5-7
Driving your vehicle
ON
Notice
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high
heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with
your ability to use the brake and
accelerator pedals.
Vehicle with automatic transmission/
dual clutch transmission:
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the
START position. Hold the key
(maximum of 10 seconds) until the
engine starts and release it.
i Information
• It is best to maintain a moderate
engine speed until the vehicle engine
comes up to normal operating temperature. Avoid harsh or abrupt
acceleration or deceleration while
the engine is still cold.
• Whether the engine is cold or warm,
always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the
engine while warming it up.
5-8
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• Do not hold the ignition key in
the START position for more
than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10
seconds before trying again.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle
to start the engine.
Engine Start/Stop Button
OOS057001
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury
or death, NEVER allow children
or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the
Engine Start/Stop button or
related parts. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur.
To turn the engine off in an
emergency:
Press and hold the Engine
Start/Stop button for more than
two seconds OR rapidly press
and release the Engine Start/
Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the shift lever in the
N (Neutral) position.
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine Start/
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking
function, which could cause
an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, press the Engine Start/
Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key
with you. Unexpected vehicle
movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• NEVER reach through the
steering wheel for the Engine
Start/Stop button or any other
control while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area may
cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Stop button while the vehicle
is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the
engine turning off and loss of
power assist for the steering
and brake systems.
5-9
5
Driving your vehicle
Whenever the front door is opened,
the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds
after the door is closed.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
Engine Start/Stop button positions
- Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission
Button Position
Action
OFF
To turn off the engine, press the Engine
Start/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).
When you press the Engine Start/Stop button without the shift lever in P (Park), the
Engine Start/Stop button does not turn to the
OFF position, but turns to the ACC position.
ACC
Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the
button is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal.
Electrical accessories are usable.
5-10
Notice
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC position for more than one hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to prevent
the battery from discharging.
- Vehicle with automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission
Button Position
ON
START
Action
Notice
Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in
in the ACC position without depressing the the ON position when the engine is not runbrake pedal.
ning to prevent the battery from discharging.
The warning lights can be checked before
the engine is started.
If you press the Engine Start/Stop button without depressing the brake pedal, the engine
does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF
However, the engine may start if you depress
the brake pedal within 0.5 second after pressing the Engine Start/Stop button from the OFF
position.
5-11
5
Driving your vehicle
To start the engine, depress the brake pedal
and press the Engine Start/Stop button with
the shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N
(Neutral) position.
For your safety, start the engine with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position.
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as
high heels, ski boots, sandals,
flip-flops, etc., may interfere
with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move and lead
to an accident.
• Wait until the engine rpm is
normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal
is released when the rpm is
high.
5-12
i Information
• The engine will start by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from the driver,
the engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ACC or ON position, if any
door is open, the system checks for
the smart key. If the smart key is not
in the vehicle, the "
" indicator
will blink and the warning "Key not
in vehicle" will come on and if all
doors are closed, the chime will also
sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle when using
the ACC position or if the vehicle
engine is ON.
Vehicle with automatic transmission/
dual clutch transmission:
1. Always carry the smart key with
you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3. Make sure the shift lever is in P
(Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
i Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate
engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerating and decelerating should be
avoided.)
• Always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the
engine while warming it up.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp switch fuse is
blown, you can't start the engine
normally. Replace the fuse with a
new one. If you are not able to
replace the fuse, you can start the
engine by pressing and holding
the Engine Start/Stop button for
10 seconds with the Engine Start/
Stop button in the ACC position.
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than 10 seconds
except when the stop lamp switch
fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress
the brake pedal before starting the
engine.
OOS057003
i Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly,
you can start the engine by pressing
the Engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key in the direction of the picture above.
5-13
5
Driving your vehicle
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you are
in motion, do not attempt to
move the shift lever to the P
(Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions
permit, you may put the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position
while the vehicle is still moving
and press the Engine Start/Stop
button in an attempt to restart
the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle
to start the engine.
NOTICE
Driving your vehicle
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
WARNING
Press the shift button, then move shift lever.
Depress the brake pedal, press ths shift button, and then move shift lever.
Move shift lever.
OOS057004
Automatic Transmission Operation
The automatic transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.
5-14
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into
D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, then set the parking
brake, and place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur
if these precautions are not
followed.
• When using Manual Shift
Mode, use caution when shifting from a higher gear to a
lower gear on slippery roads.
This could cause the tires to
slip and may result in an accident.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may
cause you to lose control of
the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the shift
lever is in P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• When parking on an incline,
place the shift lever in P (Park)
and apply the parking brake to
prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine.
Shift into P (Park) if you need to
leave your vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal
when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
5-15
5
Driving your vehicle
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must
depress firmly on the brake pedal
and make sure your foot is off the
accelerator pedal.
If you have done all of the above and
still cannot shift the lever out of P
(Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in
this section.
The shift lever must be in P (Park)
before turning the engine off.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
In Manual Shift mode, moving the
shift lever backwards and forwards
will allow you to select the desired
range of gears for the current driving
conditions.
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless
your foot is firmly on the brake
pedal. Shifting into gear when
the engine is running at high
speed can cause the vehicle to
move very rapidly. You could
lose control of the vehicle and
hit people or objects.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically
shift through a six-gear sequence,
providing the best fuel economy and
power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill depress
the accelerator pedal further until
you feel the transmission downshift
to a lower gear.
The DRIVE MODE switch, located
on the shift lever console, allows the
driver to switch from COMFORT
mode to SPORT mode.
For more information, refer to
"Drive Mode Integrated Control
System" later in this chapter.
5-16
+ (UP)
- ( D OW N )
OOS057069
Manual shift mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, manual shift mode is
selected by pushing the shift lever
from the D (Drive) position into the
manual gate. To return to D (Drive)
range operation, push the shift lever
back into the main gate.
i Information
• Only the six forward gears can be
selected in Manual Shift mode. To
reverse or park the vehicle, move
the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or
P (Park) position as required.
• Downshifts are made automatically
when the vehicle slows down. When
the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
• When the engine rpm approaches
the red zone the transmission will
upshift automatically.
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
Shift-lock release
OOS057005L
If the shift lever cannot be moved from
the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)
position with the brake pedal
depressed, continue depressing the
brake, and then do the following:
1. Place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock release access
hole.
4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and
press down on the tool.
5-17
5
Driving your vehicle
• If the driver presses the lever to
+ (Up) or - (Down) position, the
transmission may not make the
requested gear change if the next
gear is outside of the allowable
engine rpm range. The driver must
execute upshifts in accordance with
road conditions, taking care to keep
the engine rpms below the red zone.
• When accelerating from a stop on a
slippery road, push the shift lever
forward into the + (Up) position.
This allows the transmission to shift
into the 2nd gear which is better for
smooth driving on a slippery road.
Push the shift lever to the - (Down)
side to shift back to the 1st gear.
• When driving in Manual Shift
Mode, slow down before shifting to
a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged if the
engine rpms are outside of the
allowable range.
Driving your vehicle
5. Move the shift lever.
6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock override access hole then
install the cap.
If you need to use the shift-lock
release, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
Parking
Good Driving Practices
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake,
and place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key
with you when exiting the vehicle.
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
(Neutral) when driving. If the shift
lever is moved to N (Neutral) while
driving the vehicle loses the ability
to provide engine braking. Doing
so may increase the risk of an accident.
Also, moving the shift lever back to
D (Drive) while the vehicle is moving may severely damage the
transmission.
WARNING
• When you stay in the vehicle
with the engine running, be
careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. The engine or
exhaust system may overheat
and start a fire.
• The exhaust gas and the
exhaust system are very hot.
Keep away from the exhaust
system components.
• Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry
grass, paper or leaves. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
5-18
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.
In a collision, an unbelted
occupant is significantly more
likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
•
•
•
•
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
HYUNDAI recommends you
follow all posted speed limits.
5-19
5
Driving your vehicle
• Driving uphill or downhill, always
shift to D (Drive) when driving forward or to R (Reverse) when driving backwards, and check the gear
position indicated on the cluster
before driving. If you drive in the
opposite direction of the selected
gear, the engine will turn off and a
serious accident might be occurred
due to the degraded brake performance.
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating,
brake wear and possibly even
brake failure.
• Depressing both accelerator and
brake pedals at the same time can
trigger logic for engine power
reduction to assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle acceleration will
resume after the brake pedal is
released.
• Always apply the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
from moving.
Driving your vehicle
DUAL CLUTCH TRANSMISSION (IF EQUIPPED)
Dual Clutch Transmission
Operation
The dual clutch transmission has
seven forward speeds and one
reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically when the shift lever is
in the D (Drive) position.
• The dual clutch transmission can
be thought of as an automatically
shifting manual transmission. It
gives the driving feel of a manual
transmission, yet provides the
ease of a fully automatic transmission.
• When D (Drive) is selected, the
transmission will automatically shift
through the gears similar to a conventional automatic transmission.
Unlike a traditional automatic
transmission, the gear shifting can
sometimes be felt and heard as the
actuators engage the clutches and
the gears are selected.
Press the shift button, then move shift lever.
Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button, and then move shift lever.
Move shift lever.
5-20
OOS057004
• When rapidly accelerating from a
lower vehicle speed, the engine
rpm may increase dramatically as
a result of clutch slip as the dual
clutch transmission selects the correct gear. This is a normal condition.
• When accelerating from a stop on
an incline, press the accelerator
smoothly and gradually to avoid
any shudder feeling or jerkiness.
• When traveling at a lower vehicle
speed, if you release the accelerator pedal quickly, you may feel
engine braking before the transmission changes gears. This
engine braking feeling is similar to
operating a manual transmission at
low speed.
• When driving downhill, you may
wish to move the gear shift lever to
Manual Shift mode and downshift
to a lower gear in order to control
your speed without using the brake
pedal excessively.
• When you turn the engine on and
off, you may hear clicking sounds
as the system goes through a selftest. This is a normal sound for the
dual clutch transmission.
• During the first 1000 miles, you
may feel that the vehicle may not
be smooth when accelerating at
low speed. During this break-in
period, the shift quality and performance of your new vehicle is
continuously optimized.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into
D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
shift lever is in the P (Park)
position, then set the parking
brake, and place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur
if these precautions are not
followed.
5-21
5
Driving your vehicle
• The dual clutch transmission incorporates a dry-type dual clutch
mechanism, which allows for better
acceleration performance and
increased fuel efficiency while driving. But it differs from a conventional automatic transmission
because it does not incorporate a
torque converter. Instead, the transition from one gear to the next is
managed by clutch slip, especially
at lower speeds. As a result, shifts
are sometimes more noticeable,
and a light vibration can be felt as
the transmission shaft speed is
matched with the engine shaft
speed. This is a normal condition of
the dual clutch transmission.
• The dry-type clutch transfers
torque more directly and provides
a direct-drive feeling which may
feel different from a conventional
automatic transmission. This may
be more noticeable when launching the vehicle from a stop or when
traveling at low, stop-and-go vehicle speeds.
Driving your vehicle
• Do not use aggressive engine
DCT warning messages
• If the vehicle is held or creeping
forward on an incline by applying
the accelerator pedal, the clutch
and transmission may overheat
which can result in damage. At this
time, a warning message will
appear on the LCD display.
• If the LCD display warning is
active, the foot brake must be
applied.
• Ignoring the warnings can lead to
damage to the transmission.
braking (shifting from a higher gear to a lower gear) on
slippery roads. This could
cause the tires to slip and may
result in an accident.
NOTICE
• Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into D (Drive) or
R (Reverse).
• Do not put the shift lever in N
(Neutral) while driving.
WARNING
Due to transmission failure, you
may not continue to drive and
the position indicator (D, P) on
the instrument cluster will blink.
Contact
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked.
5-22
OTLE055019
Steep grade
This warning message is displayed
when vehicle is driven slowly on a
grade and the vehicle detects that
the brake pedal is not applied.
Driving up hills or on steep grades:
• To hold the vehicle on an incline
use the foot brake or the parking
brake.
• When in stop-and-go traffic on an
incline, allow a gap to form ahead
of you before moving the vehicle
forward. Then hold the vehicle on
the incline with the foot brake.
OTLE055022
OOS057100L/OOS057101L
Transmission overheated
• If the vehicle continues to be driven and the clutch temperatures
reach the maximum temperature
limit, the "Transmission Hot! Park
with engine on" warning will be displayed. When this occurs the clutch
is disabled until the clutch cools to
normal temperatures.
• The warning will display a time to
wait for the transmission to cool.
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
engine running, apply the brakes
and shift the vehicle to P (Park)
with engine on for a certain time,
and allow the transmission to cool.
5-23
5
Driving your vehicle
Transmission high temperature
• Under certain conditions, such as
repeated stop-and-go launches on
steep grades, sudden take off or
acceleration, or other harsh driving
conditions, the transmission clutch
temperatures will increase excessively.
• When the clutch temperatures are
too high, the "Transmission temp.
is high! Stop safely" warning message will appear on the LCD display, a chime will sound, and the
transmission shifting may not be
smooth.
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
engine running, apply the brakes
and shift the vehicle to P (Park)
with engine on, and allow the
transmission to cool.
• If you ignore this warning, the driving condition may become worse.
You may experience abrupt shifts,
frequent shifts, or jerkiness.
• When the message "Trans cooled.
Resume driving" appears you can
continue to drive your vehicle.
• When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly.
Driving your vehicle
• When the message "Trans cooled.
Resume driving" appears you can
continue to drive your vehicle.
• When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly.
If any of the warning messages in
the LCD display continue to blink, for
your safety, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must
depress firmly on the brake pedal
and make sure your foot is off the
accelerator pedal.
If you have done all of the above and
still cannot shift the lever out of P
(Park), see "Shift-Lock Release" in
this chapter.
5-24
The shift lever must be in P (Park)
before turning the engine off.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
WARNING
NOTICE
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may
cause you to lose control of
the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the shift
lever is in P (Park), apply the
parking brake, and turn the
engine off.
• When parking on an incline,
place the shift lever in P (Park)
and apply the parking brake to
prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill.
• For safety, always engage the
parking brake with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position
except for the case of emergency parking.
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine, or if it is necessary
to stop with the engine ON.
Shift into P (Park) if you need to
leave your vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal
when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless
your foot is firmly on the brake
pedal. Shifting into gear when
the engine is running at high
speed can cause the vehicle to
move very rapidly. You could
lose control of the vehicle and
hit people or objects.
The DRIVE MODE switch, located
on the shift lever console, allows the
driver to switch from COMFORT
mode to SPORT mode.
For more information, refer to
"Drive Mode Integrated Control
System" later in this chapter.
+ (UP)
- ( D OW N )
OOS057069
Manual shift mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or
in motion, manual shift mode is
selected by pushing the shift lever
from the D (Drive) position into the
manual gate. To return to D (Drive)
range operation, push the shift lever
back into the main gate.
In Manual Shift mode, moving the
shift lever backwards and forwards
will allow you to select the desired
range of gears for the current driving
conditions.
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once
to shift up one gear.
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
5-25
5
Driving your vehicle
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically
shift
through
a
seven-gear
sequence, providing the best fuel
economy and power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill depress
the accelerator pedal further until
you feel the transmission downshift
to a lower gear.
Driving your vehicle
i Information
• Only the seven forward gears can be
selected in Manual Shift Mode. To
reverse or park the vehicle, move
the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or
P (Park) position as required.
• Downshifts are made automatically
when the vehicle slows down. When
the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
• When the engine rpm approaches
the red zone the transmission will
upshift automatically.
• If the driver presses the lever to
+ (Up) or - (Down) position, the
transmission may not make the
requested gear change if the next
gear is outside of the allowable
engine rpm range. The driver must
execute upshifts in accordance with
road conditions, taking care to keep
the engine rpms below the red zone.
5-26
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the dual clutch transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transmission from P
(Park) into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
Shift-lock release
OOS057005L
If the shift lever cannot be moved from
the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)
position with the brake pedal
depressed, continue depressing the
brake, and then do the following:
1. Place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock release access
hole.
4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screwdriver) into the access hole and
press down on the tool.
5. Move the shift lever.
6. Remove the tool from the shiftlock override access hole then
install the cap.
If you need to use the shift-lock
release, have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
immediately.
Parking
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Depress the accelerator
pedal gradually while releasing the
brake pedal.
When you stay in the vehicle
with the engine running, be
careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of
time. The engine or exhaust
system may overheat and start
a fire.
The exhaust gas and the
exhaust system are very hot.
Keep away from the exhaust
system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry
grass, paper or leaves. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
Good Driving Practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in
motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
(Neutral) when driving. Doing so
may result in an accident because
of a loss of engine braking and the
transmission could be damaged.
• Driving uphill or downhill, always
shift to D (Drive) when driving forward or to R (Reverse) when driving backwards, and check the gear
position indicated on the cluster
before driving. If you drive in the
opposite direction of the selected
gear, the engine will turn off and a
serious accident might be occurred
due to the degraded brake performance.
5-27
5
Driving your vehicle
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake,
and place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position. Take the key
with you when exiting the vehicle.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating,
brake wear and possibly even
brake failure.
• Depressing both accelerator and
brake pedals at the same time can
trigger logic for engine power
reduction to assure vehicle deceleration. Vehicle acceleration will
resume after the brake pedal is
released.
• When driving in Manual Shift
mode, slow down before shifting to
a lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged if the
engine rpms are outside of the
allowable range.
• Always apply the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
from moving.
5-28
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.
In a collision, an unbelted
occupant is significantly more
likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
•
•
•
•
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
HYUNDAI recommends you
follow all posted speed limits.
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power Brakes
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot
resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high
brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad
wear, and increased stopping
distances.
• When descending down a
long or steep hill, move the
gear shift lever to Manual
Shift Mode and manually
downshift to a lower gear in
order to control your speed
without using the brake pedal
excessively. Applying the
brakes continuously will
cause the brakes to overheat
and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the
vehicle's ability to safely slow
down; the vehicle may also
pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep
water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat
up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed until
brake performance returns to
normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes function correctly.
5-29
5
Driving your vehicle
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
You can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
Driving your vehicle
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high pitched warning sound from
your front or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it
may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Note that some driving conditions or
climates may cause a brake squeal
when you first apply (or lightly apply)
the brakes. This is normal and does
not indicate a problem with your
brakes.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do
not continue to drive with worn
brake pads.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.
5-30
Parking Brake
OOS057011
OOS057010
Always set the parking brake before
leaving the vehicle. To apply the
parking brake:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Pull up the parking brake lever as far
as possible.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the parking brake while the
vehicle is moving except in an
emergency situation. It could
damage the brake system and
lead to an accident.
To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
While pressing the release button
(1), slightly pull up on the parking
brake lever then lower the parking
brake lever (2).
If the parking brake does not release
or does not release all the way, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
• Do not apply the accelerator
pedal while the parking brake is
engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the parking brake engaged, warning will
sound. Damage to the parking
brake may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake
on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear
or damage to brake parts. Make
sure the parking brake is
released and the Brake Warning
Light is off before driving.
Check the Parking
Brake Warning Light
by placing the ignition
switch to the ON position (do not start the
engine).
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is released and the Brake
Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location.
5-31
5
Driving your vehicle
or parking, always come to a
complete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal. Move
the shift lever into P (Park)
position, then apply the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position.
Vehicles with the parking
brake not fully engaged are at
risk for moving inadvertently
and causing injury to yourself
or others.
• When parking on an incline,
block the wheels to prevent
the vehicle from rolling down.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
• Only release the parking
brake when you are seated
inside the vehicle with your
foot firmly on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
Driving your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
An Anti-Lock Braking System
(ABS) or an Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system will not
prevent accidents due to
improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always
maintain a safe distance
between you and objects ahead
of you. Vehicle speeds should
always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The
braking distance for cars
equipped with ABS or ESC may
be longer than for those without
these systems in the following
road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced
speeds during the following
conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
• On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different
surface height.
5-32
• Tire chains are installed on
your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS
or ESC equipped vehicle should
not be tested by high speed
driving or cornering. This could
endanger the safety of yourself
or others.
ABS is an electronic braking system
that helps prevent a braking skid.
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Depress your
brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This is
normal and it means your ABS is
active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that
results from sudden changes in
direction, such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when
braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause
your vehicle to veer into oncoming
traffic or off the road.
If the ABS warning light (
) is
on and stays on, you may have
a problem with the ABS. Your
power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
CAUTION
When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy
road, and apply your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be
active continuously and the
ABS warning light (
) may
illuminate. Pull your car over to
a safe place and turn the engine
off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your
ABS system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a
problem with your ABS system.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the ABS
warning light (
) may turn on at the
same time. This happens because of
the low battery voltage. It does not
mean your ABS is malfunctioning.
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
5-33
5
Driving your vehicle
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping
distance than for vehicles equipped
with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light (
) will stay
on for several seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position.
During that time, the ABS will go
through self-diagnosis and the light
will go off if everything is normal. If
the light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions or too quickly when
cornering. The ESC system will
not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning
on wet surfaces can result in
severe accidents.
OOS058012N
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system helps to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering
and where the vehicle is actually
going. ESC applies braking pressure
to any one of the vehicle's brakes
and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver
with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute
for safe driving practices. Always
adjust your speed and driving to the
road conditions.
5-34
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the ESC and the ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both
lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light
blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This
is normal and it means your ESC is
active.
• When the ESC activates, the
engine may not respond to the
accelerator as it does under routine conditions.
• If the Cruise Control was in use
when the ESC activates, the
Cruise Control automatically disengages. The Cruise Control can be
reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Cruise Control
System" later in this chapter. (if
equipped)
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the
engine RPM (revolutions per
minute) may not increase even if
you press the accelerator pedal
deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and
does not indicate a problem.
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation :
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly.
The ESC OFF indicator light and
message "Traction Control disabled"
will illuminate. In this state, the traction
control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the brake
control function of ESC (braking
management) still operates.
■ ESC indicator light (blinks)
■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the ignition switch is placed to
the ON position, the ESC indicator
light illuminates, then goes off if the
ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning
light illuminates have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off.
WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this
indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt
to accelerate. NEVER turn the
ESC off while the ESC indicator
light is blinking or you may lose
control of the vehicle resulting in
an accident.
NOTICE
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before
replacing tires, make sure all four
tires and wheels are the same
size. Never drive the vehicle with
different sized wheels and tires
installed.
5-35
5
Driving your vehicle
• State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light
and message "Traction and Stability
Control disabled" illuminates and a
warning chime sounds. In this state,
both the traction control function of
ESC (engine management) and the
brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled.
If the ignition switch is placed to the
LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off,
ESC remains off. Upon restarting the
engine, the ESC will automatically turn
on again.
Indicator lights
Driving your vehicle
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be
used briefly to help free the vehicle if
stuck in snow or mud by temporarily
stopping operation of the ESC to
maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on
a flat road surface.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one
axle to spin excessively while
the ESC, ABS, and parking brake
warning lights are displayed.
The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do
not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed.
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, make sure the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
5-36
i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS
or standard brake system operation.
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) is a function of the Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system. It
helps ensure the vehicle stays stable
when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough
roads where traction over the four
tires can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Vehicle Stability
Management (VSM):
• ALWAYS check the speed and
the distance to the vehicle
ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
• Never drive too fast for the
road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad
weather, slippery and uneven
roads can result in severe
accidents.
VSM operation
VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:
• The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) is on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately
above 9 mph (15 km/h) on curve
roads.
• Vehicle speed is approximately
above 12 mph (20 km/h) when the
vehicle is braking on rough roads.
When operating
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may activate the
ESC, you may hear sounds from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
NOTICE
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such
as gradient or incline.
• Driving rearward.
• ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• EPS (Electric Power Steering)
warning light ( ) is on or
blinks.
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
helps prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards when starting a vehicle
from a stop on a hill. The system
operates the brakes automatically for
approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when
the accelerator pedal is depressed.
WARNING
WARNING
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing
tires, make sure all four tires and
wheels are the same size. Never
drive the vehicle with different sized
tires and wheels installed.
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting
off on a incline.The HAC activates
only for approximately 2 seconds.
NOTICE
• The HAC does not operate when
the shift lever is in P (Park) or N
(Neutral)
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off but does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.
OOS057058
The Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
feature assists the driver to descend
down a steep hill without having to
depress the brake pedal. The system
automatically applies the brakes to
maintain the vehicle speed below 5
mph (8 km/h) and allows the driver to
concentrate on steering the vehicle
down hill.
5-37
5
Driving your vehicle
If ESC indicator light ( ) or
EPS warning light ( ) stays on
or blinks, your vehicle may have
a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Always turn off the DBC on normal roads. The DBC might activate inadvertently from the standby mode when driving through
speed bumps or making sharp
curves.
NOTICE
• The DBC defaults to the OFF
position whenever the ignition
switch is placed in the ON position.
• Noise or vibration may occur
from the brakes when the DBC is
activated.
• The rear stop light comes on
when DBC is activated.
DBC operation
Mode
Indicator light
Description
Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under
25 mph (40 km/h). The DBC system will turn ON and
enter the standby mode.
Standby
illuminated
The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over
25 mph (40 km/h).
In the standby mode, if vehicle speed is under 22 mph
(35 km/h) while driving down a steep hill, the DBC will
activate automatically.
Activated
blinks
Temporarily
deactivated
illuminated
In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deactivate under the following conditions:
• The hill is not steep enough.
• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed.
If the above conditions are not met, the DBC will automatically activate again.
The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:
OFF
• The DBC button is pressed again.
not
illuminated
5-38
• Vehicle speed is over 38 mph (60 km/h).
WARNING
If the DBC red indicator light
illuminates, the system may
have overheated or have malfunctioned. When the warning
light illuminates even though
the DBC system has cooled off,
have your vehicle checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
NOTICE
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal. Move
the shift lever into P (Park) position, then apply the parking
brake, and place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position.
Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not
fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to
the driver and others. ALWAYS
apply the parking brake before
exiting the vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop
as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the vehicle to pull
to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If
the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to
do so and call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
constant pedal pressure can result in
the brakes overheating, brake wear,
and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake
pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.
5-39
5
Driving your vehicle
• The DBC may not deactivate on
steep inclines even though the
brake or accelerator pedal is
depressed.
• The DBC does not operate
when:
- The shift lever is in P (Park).
- The ESC is activated.
Good Braking Practices
Driving your vehicle
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
OOS057057
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
delivers engine torque to both the
front and rear wheels for extra traction. AWD is useful when maximum
traction is required on slippery,
muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.
Occasional off-road use such as
established unpaved roads and trails
are OK. It is always important that
the driver carefully reduces the
speed to a level that does not exceed
the safe operating speed for those
conditions.
5-40
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended
design such as challenging
off-road conditions.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
NOTICE
• Do not drive in water if the level
is higher than the bottom of the
vehicle.
• Check your brake condition
once you are out of mud or
water. Depress the brake pedal
several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking
return.
• Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in offroad conditions such as sand,
mud or water (see "Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions"
in chapter 7).
• Always wash your vehicle thoroughly after off road use, especially the bottom of the vehicle.
• Be sure to equip the vehicle with
four tires of the same size and
type.
• Make sure that a full time AWD
vehicle is towed by a flat bed
tow truck.
AWD operation
All Wheel Drive (AWD) mode selection
Transfer mode
Selection button
Indicator light
AWD AUTO
(AWD LOCK is
deactivated)
(not illuminated)
(illuminated)
In the AWD AUTO mode, under normal operating conditions,
the vehicle operates similar to conventional 2WD vehicles. If the
system determines there is a need for four wheel drive, the
engine's driving power is distributed to all four wheels automatically.
Use this mode when driving on normal roads.
In the AWD LOCK mode, the system is deactivated when vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30 km/h) and the mode is shifted to
AWD AUTO mode. If the vehicle speed is reduced back down
to 20 mph (30 km/h) the system shifts back into AWD LOCK
mode.
Use this mode when driving up or down steep inclines, driving
off-road, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc. to maximize
traction
WARNING
If AWD warning light (
) stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the
AWD system. When the AWD warning light (
) illuminates have your vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
5-41
5
Driving your vehicle
AWD LOCK
Description
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
When driving on normal roads,
deactivate the AWD LOCK mode
by pushing the AWD LOCK button (AWD LOCK indicator light
goes off). Driving on normal
roads with the AWD LOCK
mode, especially, when cornering may cause mechanical
noise or vibration. The noise
and vibration will disappear
when the AWD LOCK mode is
deactivated. Prolong driving
with the noise and vibration
may damage some parts of the
power train.
NOTICE
When the AWD LOCK mode is
deactivated, a sensation may be
felt as the driving power is delivered entirely to the front wheels.
5-42
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
• Sit upright and closer to the steering wheel than usual. Adjust the
steering wheel to a position comfortable for you to drive.
Driving on snow-covered or icy
roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use snow tires or tire chains.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Apply engine braking during deceleration by switching the gear shift
lever to Manual Shift Mode and
manually selecting a lower gear.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent skids.
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Use tire chains driving in mud if
necessary.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent getting
stuck.
CAUTION
When the vehicle is stuck in
snow, sand or mud, place a nonslip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction OR
Slowly spin the wheels in forward and reverse directions
which causes a rocking motion
that may free the vehicle.
However, avoid running the
engine continuously at high
rpm, doing so may damage the
AWD system.
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when
driving up or down steep hills.
The vehicle may flip over
depending on the grade, the terrain, and the trail conditions.
Driving through water
• Try to avoid driving in deep standing water. It may stall your engine
and clog your exhaust system.
• If you need to drive in water, stop
your vehicle, set the vehicle in
AWD LOCK mode and drive under
5 mph (8 km/h).
• Do not change gear while driving in
water.
OLMB053017
CAUTION
Always drive slowly in water. If
you drive too fast, water may
get into the engine compartment and wet the ignition system causing your vehicle to
suddenly stop.
OLMB053018
WARNING
Do not drive across the contour
of steep hills. A slight change in
the wheel angle can destabilize
the vehicle, or a stable vehicle
may lose stability if the vehicle
stops its forward motion. Your
vehicle may roll over and lead to
a serious injury or death.
5-43
5
Driving your vehicle
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driving downhill.
- Drive slowly using engine braking
while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
Driving your vehicle
Additional driving conditions
• Become familiar with the off-road
conditions before driving.
• Always pay attention when driving
off-road and avoid dangerous
areas.
• Drive slowly when driving in heavy
wind.
• Reduce vehicle speed when cornering. The center of gravity of
AWD vehicles is higher than conventional 2WD vehicles, making
them more likely to roll over when
you rapidly turn corners.
Emergency precautions
Tires
OOS057075L
• Always hold the steering wheel
firmly when you are driving offroad.
WARNING
Do not grab the inside of the
steering wheel when you are
driving off-road. You may hurt
your arm by a sudden steering
maneuver or from steering wheel
rebound due to an impact with
objects on the ground.You could
lose control of the steering wheel
which may lead to serious injury
or death.
5-44
Do not use a tire and wheel package
with a different size and type from
the one originally installed on your
vehicle. It can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which
could lead to steering failure or
rollover causing serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity. If
you equip your vehicle with any
tire/wheel combination not recommended by HYUNDAI for off-road
driving, you should not use these
tires for highway driving.
WARNING
Never start or run the engine
while a full-time AWD vehicle is
raised on a jack. The vehicle can
slip or roll off of a jack causing
serious injury or death to you or
those nearby.
Towing
CAUTION
AWD vehicles must be towed with a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the
ground. For more information, refer
to "Towing" in chapter 6.
• Never engage the parking
Dynamometer testing
A full-time AWD vehicle must be tested on a special four wheel chassis
dynamometer.
Temporary Free Roller
brake while performing the
test.
• When the vehicle is lifted up,
do not operate the front and
rear wheel separately. All four
wheels should be operated.
Roll Tester (Speedometer)
OOS057009
WARNING
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. The
vehicle can jump forward and
cause serious injury or death.
5-45
5
Driving your vehicle
A full-time AWD vehicle should not
be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a
2WD roll tester must be used, perform the following procedure:
1. Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
2. Place the front wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Place the rear wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
Driving your vehicle
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The mode changes, as below, whenever the DRIVE MODE button is
pressed.
NORMAL
SPORT
NORMAL mode
OOS058060
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
The system resets to be in the NORMAL mode, when the engine is
restarted.
i Information
If there is a problem with the instrument cluster, the drive mode will be in
NORMAL mode and may not change
to SPORT mode.
In NORMAL mode the engine and
transmission control logic work
together to provide regular daily driving performance with some fuel efficiency.
• When NORMAL mode is selected,
it is not displayed on the instrument
cluster.
SPORT mode
SPORT mode manages
the driving dynamics by
automatically adjusting the
steering effort, and the
engine and transmission
control logic for enhanced
driving performance.
• When SPORT mode is selected by
pressing the DRIVE MODE button,
the SPORT indicator will illuminate.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the Drive Mode will revert back to
NORMAL mode. If SPORT mode is
desired, re-select SPORT mode
from the DRIVE MODE button.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine rpm will tend to
remain a little higher for a brief
time even after releasing the
accelerator. This is a typical when
the SPORT mode is activated.
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating
i Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
5-46
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION WARNING (BCW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
A
B
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system uses radar sensors in
the rear bumper to monitor and warn
the driver of an approaching vehicle
in the driver's blind spot area.
The system monitors the rear area of
the vehicle and provides information
to the driver with an audible alert and
an indicator on the outer side view
mirrors.
The feature will operate when the
vehicle is moving in reverse below
about 6 mph (10 km/h). If oncoming cross traffic is detected a
warning chime will sound. The
time of alert varies according to
the speed difference between you
and the approaching vehicle.
WARNING
• Always be aware of road conditions while driving and be
alert for unexpected situations
even though the Blind-Spot
Collision Warning (BCW) system is operating.
• The Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system is not
a substitute for proper and
safe driving. Always drive
safely and use caution when
changing lanes or backing up
the vehicle. The Blind-Spot
Collision Warning (BCW) system may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
5-47
5
Driving your vehicle
OOS057099L
[A] : Blind spot area
[B] : Closing at high speed
(1) Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW)
The Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) range varies relative to
vehicle speed. Note that if your
vehicle is traveling much faster
than the vehicles around you, the
warning will not occur.
(2) BCW : Closing at high speed
The BCW-Closing at high speed
feature will alert you when a vehicle is approaching in an adjacent
lane at a high rate of speed. If the
driver activates the turn signal
when the system detects an
oncoming vehicle, the system
sounds an audible alert.
The time of alert (warning signal)
varies according to the speed difference between you and the
approaching vehicle.
(3) RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning)
The RCCW feature monitors
approaching cross traffic from the
left and right side of the vehicle
when your vehicle is in reverse.
Driving your vehicle
BCW (Blind-Spot Collision
Warning)
Operating conditions
To cancel:
Press the BCW switch again. The
indicator on the switch will go off.
When the system is not used, turn
the system off by turning off the
switch.
■ Left side
■ Right side
i Information
OOS057023N
To operate:
Press the BCW switch with the ignition switch in the ON position.
The indicator on the BCW switch will
illuminate.
5-48
• If the ignition switch is turned OFF
and then ON again, the BCW system returns to the previous state.
• When the system is turned on, the
warning light will illuminate for 3
seconds on the outer side view mirror.
The function will activate when:
1. The system is on.
2. The vehicle speed is above
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h).
3. An oncoming vehicle is detected
in the blind spot area.
OOS057024
First stage alert
If a vehicle is detected within the
boundary of the system, a warning
light will illuminate on the outer side
view mirror.
Once the detected vehicle is no
longer within the blind spot area, the
warning will turn off depending on
the driving conditions of the vehicle.
■ Left side
• The second stage alarm may be
deactivated.
- To deactivate the warning chime:
Go to the ''User Settings → Driver
Assistance and deselect BlindSpot Collision Warning sound'' on
the LCD display.
■ Right side
OOS057025
OOS057026
[A] : Warning sound
i Information
The warning chime function helps
alert the driver. Deactivate this function only when it is necessary.
5-49
5
Driving your vehicle
Second stage alert
A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:
1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system
(the warning light will illuminate on the outer side view mirror) AND
2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is being
detected).
When this alert is activated, the warning light on the side view mirror will
also blink.
If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the warning chime will be deactivated.
- To activate the warning chime:
Go to the ''User Settings → Driver
Assistance and select Blind-Spot
Collision Warning sound'' on the
LCD display.
Driving your vehicle
RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning)
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning function monitors approaching cross traffic from the left and right
side of the vehicle when your vehicle
is in reverse.
Operating conditions
To operate:
Go to the 'User Settings → Driver
Assistance and select Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning' on the LCD
display. (For more information,
refer to "LCD Display" in chapter
3.)
The system will turn on and standby
to activate. The system will activate
when vehicle speed is below 6 mph
(10 km/h) and with the shift lever in R
(Reverse).
5-50
i Information
The Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) detecting range is
approximately 1 - 65 ft (0.5 – 20 m).
An approaching vehicle will be detected if their vehicle speed is within 2.5 22.5 mph (4 - 36 km/h).
Note that the detecting range may
vary under certain conditions. As
always, use caution and pay close
attention to your surroundings when
backing up your vehicle.
Warning type
■ Left
■ Right
OOS057031/OOS057032
If the vehicle detected by the sensors
approaches your vehicle, the warning chime will sound, the warning
light on the outer side view mirror will
blink and a message will appear on
the LCD display.
i Information
WARNING
• The warning light on the outer
side view mirror will illuminate whenever a vehicle is
detected at the rear side by
the system.
To avoid accidents, do not
focus only on the warning
light and neglect to see the
surrounding of the vehicle.
• Drive safely even though the
vehicle is equipped with a
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system and Rear
Cross-Traffic
Collision
Warning (RCCW). Do not solely rely on the system but
check
your
surrounding
before changing lanes or
backing the vehicle up.
The system may not alert the
driver in some conditions so
always check your surroundings while driving.
• The
Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system and
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) are not a
substitute for proper and safe
driving practices. Always
drive safely and use caution
when changing lanes or backing up your vehicle. The BlindSpot Collision Warning (BCW)
system may not detect every
object alongside the vehicle.
5
NOTICE
• The system may not work properly when the bumper has been
damaged, or if the rear bumper
has been replaced or repaired.
• The sensing range differs somewhat according to the width of
the road. When the road is narrow, the system may detect
other vehicles in the next lane
OR when the road is wide, the
system may not detect other
vehicles in the next lane.
• The system may turn off due to
strong electromagnetic waves.
5-51
Driving your vehicle
• The warning chime will turn off
when:
- The detected vehicle moves out of
the sensing area or
- when the vehicle is right behind
your vehicle or
- when the vehicle is not approaching your vehicle or
- when the other vehicle slows down.
• The system may not operate properly due to other factors or circumstances. Always pay attention to
your surroundings.
• If the sensing area near the rear
bumper is blocked by either a wall
or barrier or by a parked vehicle,
the system sensing area may be
reduced.
Driving your vehicle
Blind-Spot Collision Warning Sensor Location
Warning message
OOS057077L
OOS057027
The sensors are located inside the
rear bumper.
Always keep the rear bumper clean
for the proper operation of the system.
5-52
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
(BCW) system disabled.
Radar blocked
• This warning message may appear
when :
- One or both of the sensors on the
rear bumper is blocked by dirt or
snow or a foreign object.
- Driving in rural areas where the
BCW sensor does not detect
another vehicle for an extended
period of time.
- When there is inclement weather
such as heavy snow or rain.
- A trailer or carrier is installed. To
use the BCW system, remove the
trailer or carrier from your vehicle.
If any of these conditions occur, the
light on the BCW switch and the system will turn off automatically.
When the BCW cancelled warning
message is displayed in the cluster,
check to make sure that the rear
bumper is free from any dirt or snow
in the areas where the sensor is
located. Remove any dirt, snow, or
foreign material that could interfere
with the radar sensors.
After any dirt or debris is removed,
the BCW system should operate normally after about 10 minutes of driving the vehicle.
If the system still does not operate
normally have your vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
Turn off the system by pressing the
BCW switch and deselecting Rear
Cross Traffic Alert from the User
Settings mode on the cluster, when
using a trailer or carrier behind your
vehicle.
Non-operating condition
The BCW indicator on the outer
side view mirror may not illuminate properly when:
OOS057078L
The driver must be cautious in the
below situations, because the system may not detect other vehicles or
objects in certain circumstances.
• When a trailer or carrier is
installed.
• The vehicle driven in inclement
weather such as heavy rain or
snow.
• The sensor is polluted with rain,
snow, mud, etc.
• The rear bumper where the sensor
is located is covered with a foreign
object such as a bumper sticker, a
bumper guard, a bike rack, etc.
• The rear bumper is damaged, or
the sensor is out of the original
default position.
• The vehicle height gets lower or
higher due to heavy loading in a
trunk, abnormal tire pressure, etc.
• When the temperature of the rear
bumper is high.
• When the sensors are blocked by
other vehicles, walls or parking-lot
pillars.
5-53
5
Driving your vehicle
Check Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system
If there is a problem with the BCW
system, a warning message will
appear and the light on the switch
will turn off. The system will turn off
automatically. Have your vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
- The outer side view mirror housing
is damaged.
- The mirror is covered with dirt,
snow, or debris.
- The window is covered with dirt,
snow, or debris.
- The window is tinted.
Limitations of the System
Driving your vehicle
• The vehicle driven on a curved
road.
• The vehicle driven through a tollgate.
• The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains
metallic components (i.e. possibly
due to subway construction).
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as a guardrail.
• While going down or up a steep
road where the height of the lane is
different.
• Driving on a narrow road where
trees or grass or overgrown.
• Driving in rural areas where the
sensor does not detect another
vehicle or structure for an extended
period of time.
• Driving on a wet road.
• Driving on a road where the
guardrail or wall is in double structure.
• A big vehicle is near such as a bus
or truck.
• When the other vehicle approaches very close.
5-54
• When the other vehicle passes at a
very fast speed.
• While changing lanes.
• If the vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated.
• When the vehicle in the next lane
moves two lanes away from you
OR when the vehicle two lanes
away moves to the next lane from
you.
• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.
• A flat trailer is near.
• If there are small objects in the
detecting area such as a shopping
cart or a baby stroller.
• If there is a low height vehicle such
as a sports car.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY (IF EQUIPPED)
The radio frequency components (Rear Corner Radar) complies:
- Canada
- United States & U.S. territory,
Micronesia, Dominican
Republic and Honduras
5
OANATEL002
Driving your vehicle
OANATEL004
OANATEL003
5-55
Driving your vehicle
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM - CAMERA TYPE (IF EQUIPPED)
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system is designed to
help detect and monitor the vehicle
ahead in the roadway through camera
recognition to warn the driver that a
collision is imminent, and if necessary,
apply emergency braking.
The camera type Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA) system
detects the vehicle ahead in the
roadway through camera.
5-56
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Forward
Collision-Avoidance
Assist
(FCA) system:
• This system is only a supplemental system and it is not
intended to, nor does it
replace the need for extreme
care and attention of the driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the sensors are limited. Pay attention
to the road conditions at all
times.
• NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. FCA does not stop the
vehicle completely and is not
a collision avoidance system.
System setting and activation
System setting
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system is enabled
whenever the vehicle is turned on.
To turn off the system, go to the
'User settings → Driver assistance'
and deselect 'FCA (Forward
Collision Avoidance Assist)' on the
cluster LCD display.
The warning light illuminates on the cluster,
when you cancel the FCA
system. The driver can
monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on
the LCD display. Also, the warning
light illuminates when the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) is
turned off. If the warning light
remains ON when the FCA is activated, have the system checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• The driver can select the initial warning activation time on the LCD display.
Go to the 'User settings → Driver
assistance → FCW (Forward
Collision Warning) → Late/Normal/
Early'.
- Late:
When this condition is selected,
the initial Forward Collision
Warning is activated later than normal. This setting reduces the
amount of distance between the
vehicle ahead before the initial
warning occurs.
Even though, 'Late' is selected if
the front vehicle suddenly stops
the initial warning activation time
may not seem late.
Select 'Late' when traffic is light
and when driving speed is slow.
5
Driving your vehicle
The options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning includes the following:
- Early:
When this condition is selected,
the initial Forward Collision
Warning is activated earlier than
normal. This setting maximizes the
amount of distance between the
vehicle ahead before the initial
warning occurs.
Even though, 'Early' is selected if
the front vehicle suddenly stops
the initial warning activation time
may not seem fast.
If you feel the warning activates too
early, set the Forward Collision
Warning to "Normal".
- Normal:
When this condition is selected,
the initial Forward Collision
Warning is activated normally. This
setting allows for a nominal
amount of distance between the
vehicle ahead before the initial
warning occurs.
5-57
Driving your vehicle
Prerequisite for activation
The FCA gets ready to be activated,
when the FCA is selected on the
LCD display, and when the following
prerequisites are satisfied.
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is on.
- Vehicle speed is over 10 km/h (6
mph) and below 60 km/h (38 mph).
(The FCA is only activated within a
certain speed range.)
- The system detects a vehicle in
front, which may collide with your
vehicle. (The FCA may not be activated or may sound a warning
alarm in accordance with the driving situation or vehicle condition.)
5-58
WARNING
• Completely stop the vehicle
on a safe location before
operating the switch on the
steering wheel to activate/
deactivate the FCA system.
• The FCA automatically activates upon placing the
POWER button to the ON
position. The driver can deactivate the FCA by canceling
the system setting on the LCD
display.
• The FCA automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
When the ESC is canceled,
the FCA cannot be activated
on the LCD display. The FCA
warning light will illuminate
which is normal.
FCA warning message and
system control
The FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels,
such as abrupt stopping of the vehicle in front or insufficient braking distance. Also, it controls the brakes in
accordance with the collision risk levels.
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User
Settings on the LCD display. The
options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning include Late,
Normal or Early initial warning time.
Collision warning
(First warning)
Emergency braking
(Second warning)
Brake operation
OOS057017L
This warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning
chime. Additionally, some vehicle
system intervention occurs to help
decelerate the vehicle.
- The FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively
mitigate impact in a collision. The
brake control is maximized just
before a collision.
CAUTION
The driver should always use
extreme caution while operating
the vehicle, whether or not there
is a warning message or alarm
from the FCA system.
5-59
5
Driving your vehicle
OOS057016L
This warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning
chime. Additionally, some vehicle
system intervention occurs by the
engine management system to help
decelerate the vehicle.
- Your vehicle speed may decelerate moderately.
- The FCA system limitedly controls the brakes to preemptively
mitigate impact in a collision.
• In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction against the driver’s depressing the brake pedal.
• The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses the accelerator
pedal, or when the driver abruptly
operates the steering wheel.
• The FCA brake control is automatically canceled, when risk factors
disappear.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
FCA sensor
NOTICE
■ Front camera
The FCA braking control cannot
completely stop the vehicle nor
avoid all collisions. The driver
should hold the responsibility
to safely drive and control the
vehicle.
WARNING
The FCA system logic operates
within certain parameters, such
as the distance from the vehicle
ahead, the speed of the vehicle
ahead, and the driver's vehicle
speed. Certain conditions such
as inclement weather and road
conditions may affect the operation of the FCA system.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.
5-60
OOS057033
In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the
camera is clean and free of dirt,
snow, and debris. Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on the surface may
adversely affect the sensing performance of the camera.
• Always keep the camera sensor
clean and free of dirt and debris.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the camera sensor.
If the sensor is forcibly moved
out of proper alignment, the FCA
system may not operate correctly. In this case, a warning message may not be displayed. Have
the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Use only genuine HYUNDAI
parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor.
NOTICE
Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:
• The windshield glass is replaced.
• The camera or related parts are
repaired or removed.
Warning message and warning
light
OTM058142L
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system disabled.
Camera obscured
When the sensor is contaminated
due to external environment such as
snow, rain or foreign substances, the
FCA system operation may stop
temporarily. If this occurs, a warning
message will appear on the LCD display. In order for the FCA system to
operate properly, remove any dirt,
snow or debris and clean the camera
sensor cover before the system
operation.
5-61
5
Driving your vehicle
• NEVER install any accessories
or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
• NEVER locate any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera out of water.
• NEVER disassemble the camera
assembly, nor apply any impact
on the camera assembly.
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset
the system warning sounds.
i Information
Driving your vehicle
The FCA may not properly operate in
an area (e.g. open terrain), where
any substances are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
System malfunction
WARNING
• The FCA is only a supplemen-
WARNING
Depending on the driving, traffic, road or weather condition,
the FCA system may not activate properly without the warning message displayed.
OOS057082L
Check Forward Collision Avoidance
Assist system
• When the FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light (
)
will illuminate and the warning
message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light
(
) will illuminate. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• The FCA warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light and the FCA
is automatically deactivated.
5-62
tal system for the driver's convenience. The driver should
hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do
not solely depend on the FCA
system. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and, if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce the driving
speed.
• In certain instances and
under certain driving conditions, the FCA system may
activate unintentionally. This
initial
warning
message
appears on the LCD display
with a warning chime.
Also, in certain instances the
front camera recognition system may not detect the vehicle ahead. The FCA system
may not activate and the
warning message will not be
displayed.
• Occupants may get injured, if
the FCA system, the Forward
Collision avoidance assist
system is not applied even
though the braking system is
operating normally.
If the vehicle in front stops
suddenly, you may have less
control of the brake system.
Therefore, always keep a safe
distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle in front of you.
The FCA system may activate
during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the
passengers. Always keep
loose objects secured.
The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the
brake pedal to avoid a collision.
The brake control may not
work, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front
abruptly stops. Always pay
extreme caution.
the vehicle abruptly stops by
the activated FCA system. Pay
extreme caution.
• Even if there is any problem in
the FCA system's brake control function, general braking
performance will operate normally. In this case, the brake
control function which operates when the collision is
imminent will not activate.
•
•
•
•
WARNING
• The FCA system operates
only to detect vehicles in front
of the vehicle.
• The FCA system does not
operate when the vehicle is in
reverse.
• The FCA system is not
designed to detect other
objects on the road such as
animals.
• The FCA system does not
detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
• The FCA system does not
detect cross traffic vehicles
that are approaching.
• The FCA system cannot detect
the driver approaching the
side view of a parked vehicle
(for example on a dead end
street.)
In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
5-63
5
Driving your vehicle
• If there is a malfunction with
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of the system
Detecting vehicles
The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) system is designed to
monitor the vehicle ahead in the roadway through camera recognition to
warn the driver that a collision is imminent, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
In certain situations, the camera may
not be able to detect the vehicle
ahead. In these cases, the FCA system may not operate normally. The
driver must pay careful attention in
the following situations where the
FCA operation may be limited.
The sensor may be limited when:
• The camera is blocked with a foreign object or debris
• The camera lens is contaminated
due to tinted, filmed or coated
windshield, damaged glass, or
stuck of foreign matter (sticker,
bug, etc.) on the glass
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the camera
• The camera sensor recognition is
limited
• The camera does not recognize
the entire vehicle in front.
• The camera is damaged.
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel.
• The shadow is on the road by a
median strip, trees, etc.
• The vehicle drives through a tollgate.
5-64
• The rear part of the vehicle in front
is not normally visible. (the vehicle
turns in other direction or the vehicle is overturned.)
• The vehicle in front is too small to
be detected (for example a motorcycle or a bicycle, etc.)
• The vehicle in front is an oversize
vehicle or trailer that is too big to
be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor
trailer, etc.)
• The camera's field of view is not
well illuminated (either too dark or
too much reflection or too much
backlight that obscures the field of
view)
• The vehicle in front does not have
their rear lights properly turned ON
or their rear lights are located
unusually.
• The outside brightness changes
suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road
OOS058103
OOS058104
- Driving on a curve
The performance of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be limited when driving on a
curved road.
The front camera recognition system
may not detect the vehicle traveling
in front on a curved road. This may
result in no alarm and braking when
necessary.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may recognize a vehicle in
the next lane or outside the lane
when driving on a curved road.
If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply
the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
5-65
5
Driving your vehicle
• The field of view in front is obstructed by sun glare
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstructed
• The vehicle in front is driving erratically
• The vehicle is on unpaved or
uneven rough surfaces, or road
with sudden gradient changes.
• The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• The sensor recognition changes
suddenly when passing over a
speed bump
• The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction
• The vehicle in front is stopped vertically
• The vehicle in front is driving
towards your vehicle or reversing
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front circles
Driving your vehicle
Always keep your eyes forward while
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
OOS058073
OOS058105
- Driving on a slope
The performance of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be decreased while driving
upward or downward on a slope. The
front camera recognition may not
detect the vehicle in front. This may
result in unnecessary alarm and
braking or no alarm and braking
when necessary.
When the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle in front while passing over a slope, you may experience
sharp deceleration.
- Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA system may not
immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
5-66
WARNING
• Do not use the Forward
OOS058022
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the FCA system may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain
a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
- Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you
has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required.
The FCA system may not be able to
detect the cargo extending from the
vehicle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
5-67
5
Driving your vehicle
OTM058119
Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system when towing a
vehicle. Application of the
FCA system while towing may
adversely affect the safety of
your vehicle or the towing
vehicle.
• Use extreme caution when the
vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward
from the cab, or when the
vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance.
• The FCA system is designed
to detect and monitor the
vehicle ahead in the roadway
through camera recognition. It
is not designed to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller
wheeled objects such as luggage bags, shopping carts, or
strollers.
Driving your vehicle
• Never try to test the operation
of the FCA system. Doing so
may cause severe injury or
death.
• Have your vehicle checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer when the windshield glass
or camera is replaced.
i Information
In some instances, the FCA system
may be cancelled when subjected to
electromagnetic interference.
5-68
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) SYSTEM-SENSOR FUSION TYPE
(FRONT RADAR + FRONT CAMERA) (IF EQUIPPED)
The Forward Collision-avoidance
Assist (FCA) system is designed to
help detect and monitor the vehicle
ahead or detect a pedestrian (if
equipped) in the roadway through
radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision
is imminent, and if necessary, apply
emergency braking.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Forward
Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA)
system:
• This system is only a supple-
• The driver can activate the FCA by
placing the ignition switch to the
ON position and by selecting:
''User
Settings
→
Driver
Assistance → Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)''
The FCA deactivates, when the driver deselects the system setting.
5
Driving your vehicle
mental system and it is not
intended to, nor does it replace
the need for extreme care and
attention of the driver. The
sensing range and objects
detectable by the sensors are
limited. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• NEVER drive too fast in accordance with the road conditions or while cornering.
• Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. The Forward Collision
Avoidance system may not
always stop the vehicle completely and is only intended to
help mitigate a collision that
is imminent.
System Setting and Activation
System setting
5-69
Driving your vehicle
The warning light illuminates on the LCD display,
when you cancel the FCA
system. The driver can
monitor the FCA ON/OFF status on
the LCD display. Also, the warning
light illuminates when the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control) is
turned off.
If the warning light remains ON when
the FCA is activated, have the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• The driver can select the initial warning activation time on the LCD display.
Go to the 'User Settings → Driver
assistance → Forward Collision
Warning → Late/Normal/Early'.
5-70
The options for the initial Forward
Collision Warning includes the following:
- Early :
When this condition is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning is
activated earlier than normal. This
setting maximizes the amount of distance between the vehicle ahead
before the initial warning occurs.
Even though, 'Early' is selected if the
front vehicle suddenly stops the initial warning activation time may not
seem fast.
- Normal :
When this condition is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning is
activated normally. This setting
allows for a nominal amount of distance between the vehicle or pedestrian ahead before the initial warning
occurs.
- Late :
When this condition is selected, the
initial Forward Collision Warning is
activated later than normal. This setting reduces the amount of distance
between the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead before the initial warning
occurs.
Select 'Late' when traffic is light and
when driving speed is slow.
Prerequisite for activation
The FCA system is on and ready
when FCA is selected on the LCD
display and when the following prerequisites are satisfied:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is on.
- Driving speed exceeds approximately 6mph (10km/h). (The FCA
is only activated within a certain
speed range.)
- The system detects a pedestrian
or a vehicle in front, which may collide with your vehicle. (The FCA
may not be activated or may sound
a warning alarm in accordance
with the driving situation or vehicle
condition.)
WARNING
• Completely stop the vehicle
Collision Warning (First warning)
The FCA produces warning messages and warning alarms in accordance with the collision risk levels,
such as abrupt stopping of the vehicle in front, insufficient braking distance, or pedestrian detection. Also,
it controls the brakes in accordance
with the collision risk levels.
The driver can select the initial warning activation time in the User
Settings in the LCD display. The
options for the initial Forward Collision
Warning include EARLY, NORMAL, or
LATE initial warning time.
OOS057016L
This warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning
chime. Additionally, some vehicle
system intervention occurs by the
engine management system to help
decelerate the vehicle.
- Your vehicle speed may decelerate
moderately.
- The FCA system limitedly controls
the brakes to preemptively mitigate
impact in a collision.
5-71
5
Driving your vehicle
on a safe location before
operating the switch on the
steering wheel to activate
/deactivate the FCA system.
• The FCA automatically activates upon placing the ignition switch to the ON position.
The driver can deactivate the
FCA by canceling the system
setting on the LCD display.
• The FCA automatically deactivates upon canceling the ESC
(Electronic Stability Control).
When the ESC is canceled,
the FCA cannot be activated
on the LCD display.
FCA Warning Message and
System Control
Driving your vehicle
Emergency Braking
(Second warning)
Brake operation
OOS057017L
This warning message appears on
the LCD display with a warning
chime.
Additionally, some vehicle system
intervention occurs by the engine
management system to help decelerate the vehicle.
- The FCA system limitedly controls
the brakes to preemptively mitigate
impact in a collision. The brake
control is maximized just before a
collision.
5-72
• In an urgent situation, the braking
system enters into the ready status
for prompt reaction against the driver’s depressing the brake pedal.
• The FCA provides additional braking power for optimum braking performance, when the driver depresses the brake pedal.
• The braking control is automatically deactivated, when the driver
sharply depresses the accelerator
pedal, or when the driver abruptly
operates the steering wheel.
• The FCA braking control is automatically canceled, when risk factors disappear.
CAUTION
The driver should always use
extreme caution while operating
the vehicle, whether or not there
is a warning message or alarm
from the FCA system.
WARNING
The FCA braking control cannot
completely stop the vehicle nor
avoid all collisions. The driver
should hold the responsibility
to safely drive and control the
vehicle.
WARNING
The FCA system logic operates
within certain parameters, such
as the distance from the vehicle
or pedestrian ahead, the speed
of the vehicle ahead, and the
driver's vehicle speed. Certain
conditions such as inclement
weather and road conditions
may affect the operation of the
FCA system.
WARNING
Never deliberately drive dangerously to activate the system.
FCA Sensor
Dirt, snow, or foreign substances on
the sensor cover or sensor may
adversely affect the sensing performance of the sensor.
■ Front radar
NOTICE
OOS057018
■ Front camera
In order for the FCA system to operate properly, always make sure the
sensor cover or sensor is clean and
free of dirt, snow, and debris.
5
Driving your vehicle
OOS057033
• Do not apply license plate frame
or foreign objects such as a
bumper sticker or a bumper
guard near the radar sensor.
Doing so may adversely affect
the sensing performance of the
radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor
and cover clean and free of dirt
and debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash the
vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the sensor
or sensor cover.
• Be careful not to apply unnecessary force on the radar sensor or
sensor cover. If the sensor is
forcibly moved out of proper
alignment, the FCA system may
not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may
not be displayed. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around the
radar sensor, the FCA system
may not operate properly. Have
the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Use only genuine HYUNDAI
parts to repair or replace a damaged sensor or sensor cover. Do
not apply paint to the sensor
cover.
5-73
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
• NEVER install any accessories
or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
• NEVER locate any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may cause a malfunction of the system.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera out of water.
• NEVER disassemble the camera
assembly, nor apply any impact
on the camera assembly.
• Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset
the system warning sounds.
i Information
Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer when:
• The windshield glass is replaced.
• The sensor cover or sensor gets
damaged or replaced.
5-74
Warning message and warning
light
System Malfunction
■ Type A
■ Type B
OOS057081L/OOS057082L
OOS057080L
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist
(FCA) system disabled.
Radar blocked
When the sensor cover is blocked
with dirt, snow, or debris, the FCA
system operation may stop temporarily. If this occurs, a warning message
will appear on the LCD display.
Remove any dirt, snow, or debris and
clean the radar sensor cover before
operating the FCA system.
The FCA may not properly operate in
an area (e.g. open terrain), where
any substances are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
Check Forward Collision Avoidance
Assist system
• When the FCA is not working properly, the FCA warning light (
)
will illuminate and the warning
message will appear for a few seconds. After the message disappears, the master warning light
(
) will illuminate. In this case,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• The FCA warning message may
appear along with the illumination
of the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light.
WARNING
• If there is a malfunction with
• Occupants may get injured, if
the FCA system, the Forward
Collision avoidance assist
system is not applied even
though the braking system is
operating normally.
If the vehicle in front stops
suddenly, you may have less
control of the brake system.
Therefore, always keep a safe
distance between your vehicle
and the vehicle in front of you.
The FCA system may activate
during braking and the vehicle may stop suddenly shifting loose objects toward the
passengers. Always keep
loose objects secured.
The FCA system may not activate if the driver applies the
brake pedal to avoid a collision.
The brake control may not
work, possibly causing a collision, if a vehicle in front
abruptly stops. Always pay
extreme caution.
the vehicle abruptly stops by
the activated FCA system. Pay
extreme caution.
• The FCA is only a supplemen-
•
•
•
•
WARNING
• The FCA system operates
•
•
•
•
only to detect vehicles or
pedestrians in front of the
vehicle.
The FCA system does not
operate when the vehicle is in
reverse.
The FCA system is not
designed to detect other
objects on the road such as
animals.
The FCA system does not
detect vehicles in the opposite lane.
The FCA system does not
detect cross traffic vehicles
that are approaching.
5-75
5
Driving your vehicle
tal system for the driver’s convenience. The driver should
hold the responsibility to control the vehicle operation. Do
not solely depend on the FCA
system. Rather, maintain a
safe braking distance, and, if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce the driving
speed.
• In certain instances and
under certain driving conditions, the FCA system may
activate prematurely. This initial warning message appears
on the LCD display with a
warning chime.
Also, in certain instances the
front radar sensor or camera
recognition system may not
detect the vehicle or pedestrian ahead. The FCA system
may not activate and the
warning message will not be
displayed.
Driving your vehicle
• The
FCA system cannot
detect the driver approaching
the side view of a parked vehicle (for example on a dead
end street.)
In these cases, you must maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce the driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
5-76
Limitations of the System
Detecting vehicles
The Forward Collision avoidance
assist (FCA) system is designed to
monitor the vehicle ahead or a
pedestrian on the roadway through
radar signals and camera recognition to warn the driver that a collision
is imminent, and if necessary, apply
emergency braking.
In certain situations, the radar sensor or the camera may not be able to
detect the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead. In these cases, the FCA system may not operate normally. The
driver must pay careful attention in
the following situations where the
FCA operation may be limited.
The sensor may be limited when:
• The radar sensor or camera is
blocked with a foreign object or
debris
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or camera
• There is interference by electromagnetic waves
• There is severe irregular reflection
from the radar sensor
• The radar/camera sensor recognition is limited
• The vehicle in front is too small to
be detected (for example a motorcycle or a bicycle, etc.)
• The vehicle in front is an oversize
vehicle or trailer that is too big to
be detected by the camera recognition system (for example a tractor
trailer, etc.)
• The driver's field of view is not well
illuminated (either too dark or too
much reflection or too much backlight that obscures the field of view)
• The vehicle in front does not have
their rear lights properly turned ON
OAE056100
OAE056101
- Driving on a curve
The performance of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be limited when driving on a
curved road.
The front camera or radar sensor
recognition system may not detect
the vehicle or pedestrian traveling in
front on a curved road.
This may result in no alarm and braking when necessary.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
system may recognize a vehicle or
pedestrian in the next lane or outside
the lane when driving on a curved
road.
If this occurs, the system may unnecessarily alarm the driver and apply
the brake.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions, while driving.
5-77
5
Driving your vehicle
• The outside brightness changes
suddenly, for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
• Light coming from a street light or
an oncoming vehicle is reflected on
a wet road surface such as a puddle in the road
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstructed
• The vehicle in front is driving erratically
• The vehicle drives through a construction area, on an unpaved
road, or above metal materials,
such as a railway
• The vehicle drives inside a building,
such as a basement parking lot
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• The vehicle in front is moving vertically to the driving direction
• The vehicle in front is stopped vertically
• The vehicle in front is driving
towards your vehicle or reversing
Driving your vehicle
Always keep your eyes forward while
driving upward or downward on a
slope, and, if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain distance.
OOS057073
OAE056103
- Driving on a slope
The performance of Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist system
may be decreased while driving
upward or downward on a slope. The
front camera or front radar sensor
recognition may not detect the vehicle or pedestrian in front.
This may result in unnecessary
alarm and braking or no alarm and
braking when necessary.
When the system suddenly recognizes the vehicle or pedestrian in
front while passing over a slope, you
may experience sharp deceleration.
- Changing lanes
When a vehicle changes lanes in
front of you, the FCA system may not
immediately detect the vehicle, especially if the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake pedal
to reduce your driving speed in order
to maintain a safe distance.
5-78
Detecting pedestrians
(if equipped)
OOS057022
When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a stopped vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the FCA system may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain
a safe braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
- Detecting the vehicle in front of you
If the vehicle in front of you has cargo
that extends rearward from the cab,
or when the vehicle in front of you
has higher ground clearance, additional special attention is required.
The FCA system may not be able to
detect the cargo extending from the
vehicle. In these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance
from the rearmost object, and if necessary, depress the brake pedal to
reduce your driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
5-79
5
Driving your vehicle
OAE056109
The sensor may be limited when:
• The pedestrian is not fully detected
by the camera recognition system,
for example, if the pedestrian is
leaning over or is not fully walking
upright
• The pedestrian is moving very
quickly or appears abruptly in the
camera detection area
• The pedestrian is wearing clothing
that easily blends into the background, making it difficult to be
detected by the camera recognition system
• The outside lighting is too bright
(e.g. when driving in bright sunlight
or in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.
when driving on a dark rural road
at night)
• It is difficult to detect and distinguish the pedestrian from other
objects in the surroundings, for
example, when there is a group of
pedestrians or a large crowd
• There is an item similar to a person's body structure
Driving your vehicle
• The pedestrian is small
• The pedestrian has impaired
mobility
• The sensor recognition is limited
• The radar sensor or camera is
blocked with a foreign object or
debris
• Inclement weather such as heavy
rain or snow obscures the field of
view of the radar sensor or camera
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstructed
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
5-80
i Information
In some instances, the FCA system
may be canceled when subjected to
electromagnetic interference.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
WARNING
• Do not use the Forward
Collision avoidance Assist
(FCA) system when towing a
vehicle. Application of the
FCA system while towing may
adversely affect the safety of
your vehicle or the towing
vehicle.
• Use extreme caution when the
vehicle in front of you has
cargo that extends rearward
from the cab, or when the
vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance.
• The FCA system is designed
to detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or detect a pedestrian in the roadway through
radar signals and camera
recognition. It is not designed
to detect bicycles, motorcycles, or smaller wheeled
objects such as luggage bags,
shopping carts, or strollers.
• Never try to test the operation
of the FCA system. Doing so
may cause severe injury or
death.
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system is not a substitute for
safe driving practices, but a
convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always be aware of the surrounding and steer the vehicle.
OOS057033
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA) system:
• Do not steer the steering
wheel suddenly when the
steering wheel is being assisted by the system.
• LKA system helps to prevent
the driver from moving out of
the lane unintentionally by
assisting the driver's steering.
However, the driver should not
solely rely on the system but
always pay attention on the
steering wheel to stay in the
lane.
tem can be canceled or not
work properly according to
road condition and surroundings. Always be cautious
when driving.
• Do not disassemble the LKA
system camera temporarily to
tint the window or attach any
types of coatings and accessories. If you disassemble the
camera and assemble it again,
take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
have the system checked for
calibration.
• When you replace the windshield glass, LKA system
camera or related parts of the
steering wheel, take your
vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked for calibration.
5-81
5
Driving your vehicle
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system helps detect lane markers on the
road with a camera at the front windshield, and assists the driver's steering to help keep the vehicle between
lanes.
When the system detects the vehicle
straying from its lane, it alerts the
driver with a visual and audible warning, while applying a slight countersteering torque, to try to prevent the
vehicle from moving out of its lane.
• The operation of the LKA sys-
Driving your vehicle
• The system detects lane lines
• Always have your hands on
and controls the steering
wheel by a camera, therefore,
if the lane lines are hard to
detect, the system may not
work properly.
Please refer to "Limitations of
the system".
• Do not remove or damage the
related parts of LKA system.
• You may not hear a warning
sound
of
LKA
system
because of excessive audio
sound.
• Do not place objects on the
dashboard that reflects light
such as mirrors, white paper,
etc. The system may malfunction if the sunlight is reflected.
the steering wheel while the
LKA system is activated. If
you continue to drive with
your hands off the steering
wheel after the "Keep hands
on steering wheel" warning
message appears, the system
will turn off automatically.
• The steering wheel is not continuously controlled so if the
vehicle speed is at a higher
speed when leaving a lane the
vehicle may not be able to be
controlled by the system. The
driver must always follow the
speed limit when using the
system.
• If you attach objects to the
steering wheel, the system
may not assist steering or the
hands off alarm may not work
properly. When you tow a trailer, make sure that you turn off
the LKA system.
5-82
LKA System Operation
OOS058034N
To activate/deactivate the LKA system:
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, press the LKA system button located on the instrument panel
on the left hand side of the steering
wheel. The indicator in the cluster
display will initially illuminate white.
This indicates the LKA system is in
the READY but NOT ENABLED
state.
The color of indicator will
change depending on the
condition of LKA system.
LKA system operation
WARNING
The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system is a system to help prevent the driver from leaving the
lane. However, the driver should
not solely rely on the system
but always check the road conditions when driving.
- White : Sensor does not detect
lane lines or vehicle speed
is under 40mph (64 km/h).
- Green : Sensor detects lane lines
and the system is able to
control vehicle steering.
OOS057035L
5
Driving your vehicle
• To see the LKA system screen on
the LCD display in the cluster,
select Assist mode ( ). For more
details, refer to "LCD Display
Modes" in chapter 3.
• When both lane lines are detected
and all the conditions to activate
the LKA system are satisfied, a
green steering wheel indicator will
illuminate and the LKA system
indicator light will change from
white to green. This indicates that
the LKA system is in the
ENABLED state and the steering
wheel will be able to be controlled.
5-83
Driving your vehicle
■ Lane marker undetected
■ Lane marker detected
• If your vehicle speed exceeds 40
mph (64 km/h) and the LKA system button is ON, the system is
enabled. If your vehicle departs
from the projected lane in front of
you, the LKA system operates as
follows:
■ Left lane marker
■ Right lane marker
OOS057035L/OOS057037L
OAEE056129L
• If the system detects a lane line,
the color changes from gray to
white.
• If the system detects the left lane
line, the left lane line color will
change from gray to white.
• If the system detects the right lane
line, the right lane line color will
change from gray to white.
• Both lane lines must be detected
for the system to fully activate.
Keep hands on steering wheel
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds
while the LKA system is activated,
the system will warn the driver.
5-84
OOS057038L/OOS057039L
A visual warning appears on the
cluster LCD display. Either the left
lane line or the right lane line in the
cluster LCD display will blink
depending on which direction the
vehicle is veering.
If the steering wheel appears, the
system will help control the vehicle’s
steering to prevent the vehicle from
crossing the lane line.
i Information
If the steering wheel is held very lightly the message may still appear
because the LKA system may not recognize that the driver has their hands
on the wheel.
WARNING
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for
The warning message may
appear late according to road
conditions. Therefore, always
have your hands on the steering
wheel while driving.
accurate steering.
• Turn off the system in below
OOS057083L
5
i Information
• Even though the steering is assisted
by the system, the driver can still
steer to control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
when the steering wheel is assisted
by the system than when it is not.
5-85
Driving your vehicle
Driver's grasp not detected.
LKA system will be disabled temporarily
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
message "Keep hands on steering
wheel", the system will not control
the steering wheel and warn the driver only when the driver crosses the
lane lines.
However, if the driver has their hands
on the steering wheel again, the system will start controlling the steering
wheel.
situations.
- In bad weather
- In bad road condition
- When the steering wheel
needs to be controlled by the
driver frequently.
Driving your vehicle
Warning Light and Message
LKA system failure indicator
The LKA system failure
indicator (yellow) will illuminate if the LKA system
is not working properly.
Have
your
vehicle
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
OOS057084R
Check LKA system
If there is a problem with the system
a message will appear for a few seconds. If the problem continues the
LKA system failure indicator will illuminate.
When there is a problem with the
system do one of the following:
• Turn the system on after turning
the engine off and on again.
• Check if the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Check if the system is affected by
the weather. (ex: fog, heavy rain,
etc.)
• Check if there is foreign matter on
the camera lens.
If the problem is not solved, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-86
The LKA system will not be in the
ENABLED state and the steering
wheel will not be assisted when:
• The turn signal is turned on before
changing a lane. If you change
lanes without the turn signal on,
the steering wheel might be controlled.
• The vehicle is not driven in the middle of the lane when the system is
turned on or right after changing a
lane.
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
is activated.
• The vehicle is driven on a sharp
curve.
• Vehicle speed is below 40 mph
(60 km/h) and over 110 mph (180
km/h).
• The vehicle makes sharp lane
changes.
• The vehicle brakes suddenly.
• Only one lane line is detected.
• The lane is very wide or narrow.
• There are more than two lane lines
on the road. (e.g. construction
area)
• The vehicle is driven on a steep
incline.
Limitations of the System
The LKA system may operate prematurely even if the vehicle does not
depart from the intended lane, OR,
the LKA system may not warn you if
the vehicle leaves the intended lane
under the following circumstances:
When external condition is intervened
• The brightness outside changes
suddenly such as when entering or
exiting a tunnel or passing under a
bridge.
• The brightness outside is too low
such as when the headlamps are
not on at night or the vehicle is
going through a tunnel or passing
under a bridge.
• There is a boundary structure in
the roadway such as a concrete
barrier, guardrail and reflector post
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• When light coming from a street
light or an oncoming vehicle is
reflected on a wet road surface
such as a puddle in the road.
• The field of view in front is
obstructed by sun glare.
• The lane suddenly disappears
such as at the intersection.
• There is not enough distance
between you and the vehicle in
front to be able to detect the lane
line or the vehicle ahead is driving
on the lane line.
• Driving on a steep grade, over a
hill, or when driving on a curved
road.
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving.
• The surrounding of the inside rear
view mirror temperature is high
due to direct sunlight.
When front visibility is poor
• The windshield or the LKA system
camera lens is blocked with dirt or
debris.
• The windshield glass is fogged up;
a clear view of the road is obstructed.
• Placing objects on the dashboard,
etc.
5-87
5
Driving your vehicle
When the lane and road conditions are poor
• It is difficult to distinguish the lane
marking from the road surface or
the lane marking is faded or not
clearly marked.
• There are markings on the road
surface that look like a lane line
that is inadvertently being detected
by the camera.
• The lane line is merged or divided.
(e.g. tollgate)
• The lane number increases or
decreases or the lane marker are
crossing complicatedly.
• There are more than two lane lines
on the road in front of you.
• The lane line is very thick or thin.
• The lanes ahead are not visible
due to rain, snow, water on the
road, damaged or stained road
surface, or other factors.
• The shadow is on the lane marker
by a median strip, trees, etc.
• The lanes are incomplete or the
area is in a construction zone.
• There are crosswalk signs or other
symbols on the road.
• The lane line in a tunnel is stained
with oil, etc.
Driving your vehicle
LKA system Function Change
Standard LKA
The driver can change LKA to Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) system or
change the LKA system mode
between Standard LKA and Active
LKA from the LCD display. Go to the
'User Settings → Driver Assistance →
Lane Keeping Assist → Lane
Departure
Warning/Standard
LKA/Active LKA'.
The Standard LKA mode guides the
driver to help keep the vehicle within
the lanes. It rarely controls the steering wheel, when the vehicle drives
well inside the lanes. However, it
starts to control the steering wheel,
when the vehicle is about to deviate
out of the lanes.
Active LKA
Lane Departure Warning
LDW system alerts the driver with a
visual warning and a warning alarm
when the system detects the vehicle
departing the lane. The steering
wheel will not be controlled.
5-88
The Active LKA mode provides more
frequent steering wheel control in
comparison with the Standard LKA
mode. Active LKA can help reduce
the driver's fatigue to assist the
steering for maintaining the vehicle
in the middle of the lane.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
System is designed as a safety feature to help reduce drowsy or inattentive driving. The DAW displays a
bar graph that is intended to represent the driver's attention and fatigue
level while driving.
System Setting and Activation
System setting
Driver's attention level
■ System off
OOS057085L
■ Attentive driving
5
Driving your vehicle
• The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system is set to be in the
OFF position, when your vehicle is
first delivered to you from the factory.
• To turn ON the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system, turn on
the engine, and then select 'User
Settings → Driver Assistance →
Driver Attention Warning → High
Sensitivity/Normal Sensitivity' on
the LCD display.
• The driver can select the mode of
the Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system.
- Off : The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system is deactivated.
- Normal Sensitivity : The Driver
Attention Warning (DAW) system
helps alert the driver of his/her
fatigue level or inattentive driving
practices.
- High Sensitivity : The Driver
Attention Warning (DAW) system
helps alert the driver of his/her
fatigue level or inattentive driving
practices faster than Normal
mode.
• The set-up of the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system will be
maintained, as selected, when the
engine is re-started.
OPDE056061
5-89
Driving your vehicle
• When the driver turns on the system while driving, it displays 'Last
Break time' and level.
■ Inattentive driving
Take a break
OPDE056062
• The driver can monitor their driving
conditions on the LCD display.
The DAW screen will appear when
you select the Assist mode tab ( )
on the LCD display if the system is
activated. (For more information,
refer to "LCD Display Modes" in
chapter 3.)
• The driver's attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the number is, the more inattentive the driver is.
• The number decreases when the
driver does not take a break for a
certain period of time.
• The number increases when the
driver attentively drives for a certain period of time.
5-90
OPDE056063
• The "Consider taking a break"
message appears on the LCD display and a warning sounds in order
to suggest the driver to take a
break, when the driver’s attention
level is below 1.
• The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system does not suggest
the driver to take a break, when the
total driving time is shorter than 10
minutes.
Resetting the System
• The last break time is set to 00:00
and the driver's attention level is
set to 5 (very attentive) when the
driver resets the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system.
• The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system resets in the following situations.
- The engine is turned OFF.
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and then opens the driver's door.
- The vehicle is stopped for more
than 10 minutes.
• The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system operates again,
when the driver restarts driving.
System Standby
System Malfunction
WARNING
• The Driver Attention Warning
OOS057087L
The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)
system enters the ready status and
displays the 'Standby' screen in the
following situations.
- The camera does not detect the
lanes.
- Driving speed remains under 40
mph (60 km/h) or over 125 mph
(200 km/h).
Check Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system
When the warning message
appears, the system is not working
properly. In this case, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
5-91
5
Driving your vehicle
OOS057086L
(DAW) system is not a substitute for safe driving practices,
but a convenience function
only. It is the responsibility of
the driver to always drive cautiously to prevent unexpected
and sudden situations from
occurring. Pay attention to the
road conditions at all times.
• The system may suggest a
break according to the driver's driving pattern or habits
even if the driver doesn't feel
fatigue.
• The driver, who feels fatigued,
should take a break, even
though there is no break suggestion by the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system.
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
The Driver Attention Warning system utilizes the camera sensor on
the front windshield for its operation. To keep the camera sensor in
the best condition, you should
observe the followings:
• NEVER install any accessories
or stickers on the front windshield, nor tint the front windshield.
• NEVER locate any reflective
objects (i.e. white paper, mirror)
over the dashboard. Any light
reflection may cause a malfunction of the Driver Attention Alert
(DAW) system.
• Pay extreme caution to keep the
camera sensor out of water.
• NEVER arbitrarily disassemble
the camera assembly, nor apply
any impact on the camera
assembly.
5-92
CAUTION
The Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system may not properly
operate with limited alerting in
the following situations:
• The lane detection performance is limited. (For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping
Assist (LKA) system" in this
chapter.)
• The vehicle is violently driven
or is abruptly turned for obstacle avoidance (e.g. construction area, other vehicles, fallen
objects, bumpy road).
• Forward drivability of the vehicle is severely undermined
(possibly due to wide variation
in tire pressures, uneven tire
wear-out, toe-in/toe-out alignment).
• The vehicle drives on a curvy
road.
• The vehicle drives on a bumpy
road.
• The vehicle drives through a
windy area.
• The vehicle is controlled by the
following driving assist systems:
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
system
- Forward Collision-avoidance
Assist (FCA) system
CAUTION
Playing the vehicle audio system at high volume may offset
the Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system warning sounds.
CRUISE CONTROL
Cruise Control operation
OOS057052N
The Cruise Control system allows
you to drive at speeds above 20 mph
(30 km/h) without depressing the
accelerator pedal.
Take the following precautions:
• Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit.
• If the Cruise Control is left on,
(cruise indicator light in the
instrument cluster is illuminated) the Cruise Control can
be activated unintentionally.
Keep the Cruise Control system off (cruise indicator light
OFF) when the Cruise Control
is not in use, to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the Cruise Control system only when traveling on
open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the Cruise Control
when it may be unsafe to keep
the vehicle at a constant
speed.
• Do not use when:
- Driving in heavy traffic or
when traffic conditions make
it difficult to drive at a constant speed
- Driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
- Driving on hilly or windy
roads
- Driving in windy areas
- Driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weather
such as fog, snow, rain and
sandstorm)
5
Driving your vehicle
1. Cruise indicator
2. SET indicator
WARNING
5-93
Driving your vehicle
i Information
• During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying the
brakes, the cruise control will energize after approximately 3 seconds.
This delay is normal.
• Before activating the cruise control
function, the system will check to
verify that the brake switch is operating normally. Depress the brake
pedal at least once after turning ON
the ignition or starting the engine.
To set Cruise Control speed
OOS057054N
OOS057053N
1. Press the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise indicator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 20 mph
(30 km/h).
5-94
3. Push the toggle switch down
(SET-), and release it. The SET
indicator light will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
i Information
On a steep slope, the vehicle may
slightly slow down or speed up, while
driving uphill or downhill.
To increase Cruise Control
speed
• Depress the accelerator pedal.
When the vehicle attains the
desired speed, push the toggle
switch down (SET-).
To decrease Cruise Control
speed
OOS057054N
• Push the toggle switch down (SET-)
and hold it.Your vehicle will gradually slow down. Release the toggle
switch at the speed you want to
maintain.
• Push the toggle switch down (SET-)
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will decrease 1.0
mph (1.6 km/h) each time the toggle
switch is operated in this manner.
• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When
the vehicle attains the desired
speed, push the toggle switch
down (SET-).
5-95
5
Driving your vehicle
OOS057055N
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+)
and hold it, while monitoring the
SET speed on the instrument cluster.
Release the toggle switch when
the desired speed is shown and
the vehicle will accelerate to that
speed.
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+)
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will increase 1.0
mph (1.6 km/h) each time the toggle switch is operated in this manner.
Driving your vehicle
To temporarily accelerate with
the Cruise Control ON
Cruise Control will be canceled
when:
Depress the accelerator pedal. When
you take your foot off the accelerator,
the vehicle will return to the previously set speed.
If you push the toggle switch down
(SET-) at the increased speed, the
Cruise Control will maintain the
increased speed.
i Information
OOS057056N
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pressing the CANCEL button
located on the steering wheel.
• Pressing the CRUISE button. Both
the cruise indicator and the "SET"
indicator will turn OFF.
• Moving the shift lever into N
(Neutral).(for automatic transmission/dual clutch transmission vehicle)
• Decreasing the vehicle speed to
less than approximately 20 mph
(30 km/h).
• The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is operating.
5-96
• Downshifting to the 2nd gear in
manual shift mode. (for automatic
transmission/dual clutch transmission vehicle)
Each of the above actions will cancel
Cruise Control operation (the "SET"
indicator in the instrument cluster will
go off), but only pressing the CRUISE
button will turn the system off. If you
wish to resume Cruise Control operation, push the toggle switch up (RES+)
located on your steering wheel. You
will return to your previously preset
speed, unless the system was turned off
using the CRUISE button.
To resume preset Cruising
speed
To turn Cruise Control off
OOS057053N
OOS057055N
5
Driving your vehicle
Push the toggle switch up (RES+). If
the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (30
km/h), the vehicle will resume the
preset speed.
• Press the CRUISE button (the
cruise indicator light will go off).
• Turn the vehicle OFF.
5-97
Driving your vehicle
SMART CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The Smart Cruise Control system
allows you to program the vehicle to
maintain constant speed and minimum distance between the vehicle
ahead.
The Smart Cruise Control system
will automatically adjust your vehicle
speed to maintain your programmed
speed and following distance without
requiring you to depress the accelerator or brake pedals.
Smart Cruise Control Switch
OOS059039R
➀ Cruise indicator
➁ Set speed
➂ Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
To see the SCC screen on the LCD
display in the cluster, select Assist
mode ( ). For more details, refer to
"LCD Display Modes" in chapter 3.
WARNING
For your safety, please read the
owner's manual before using the
Smart Cruise Control system.
WARNING
The Smart Cruise Control system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
always check the speed and
distance to the vehicle ahead.
5-98
OOS059120N
CRUISE: Turns cruise control system on or off.
RES+: Resumes or increases cruise
control speed.
SET-: Sets or decreases cruise control speed.
CANCEL: Cancels cruise control
operation.
: Sets vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
Smart Cruise Control Speed
To set Smart Cruise Control
speed
i Information
OOS059054N
OOS059053N
5-99
5
Driving your vehicle
1. Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise indicator will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control speed
can be set as follows:
5 – 110 mph (10 - 180 km/h) :
3. Push the toggle switch down
(SET-), and release it at the
desired speed. The Set Speed
and Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance
on the LCD display will illuminate.
4. Release the accelerator pedal.
The desired speed will automatically be maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
• Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a
downward slope.
• The speed is set to 18 mph (30
km/h) when there is a preceding car
in the front direction, and when it is
set in the situation where the car is
5 ~ 18 mph (10 ~ 30 km/h).
• When vehicle speed is under 6 mph
(10 km/h), the smart cruise control
is canceled. The driver must adjust
the vehicle speed by depressing the
accelerator or brake pedal according to the road condition ahead and
driving condition.
Driving your vehicle
To increase Smart Cruise
Control set speed
CAUTION
To decrease the Smart Cruise
Control set speed
Check the driving condition
before using the toggle lever.
Driving speed sharply increases, when you push up and hold
the toggle lever.
OOS059055N
OOS059054N
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will increase by
1 mph (1 km/h) each time you
move the toggle switch up in this
manner.
• Push the toggle switch up (RES+),
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed
will increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the toggle switch at the
speed you want.
You can set the speed to 110 mph
(180 km/h).
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the toggle lever down (SET-),
and release it immediately. The
cruising speed will decrease by 1
mph (1 km/h) each time you move
the toggle lever down in this manner.
• Push the toggle lever down (SET-),
and hold it. Your vehicle set speed
will decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the toggle lever at the
speed you want.
• You can set the speed to 20 mph
(30 km/h).
5-100
To temporarily accelerate with
the Smart Cruise Control on
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the Smart Cruise Control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with Smart Cruise Control operation
or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you push the toggle lever down
(SET-) at increased speed, the cruising speed will be set again pedal.
Smart Cruise Control set speed
will be temporarily canceled
when:
Be careful when accelerating
temporarily, because the speed
is not controlled automatically
at this time even if there is a
vehicle in front of you.
OOS059056N
Canceled manually
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pushing the CANCEL button located on the steering wheel.
The Smart Cruise Control turns off
temporarily when the Set Speed and
Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance indicator
on the LCD display turns off.
The cruise indicator is illuminated
continuously.
• The driver's door is opened.
• The vehicle is shifted to N
(Neutral), R (Reverse) or P (Park).
• The parking brake is applied.
• The vehicle speed is over 120 mph
(190 km/h).
• The vehicle stops on a steep
incline.
• The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control), TCS (Traction Control
System) or ABS is operating.
• The ESC is turned off.
• The sensor or the cover is dirty or
blocked with foreign matter.
• The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a long period
of time.
• The driver starts driving by pushing
the toggle switch up (RES+)/down
(SET-) or depressing the accelerator pedal, after stopping the vehicle
with a vehicle stopped far away in
front.
• The Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA) is activated.
5-101
5
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
Canceled automatically
Driving your vehicle
To resume Smart Cruise Control
set speed
• The engine performance is abnormal.
• When the braking control is operated for FCA (Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist)
• The engine speed is in dangerous
range.
In a condition the Smart Cruise
Control is canceled automatically,
the Smart Cruise Control will not
resume even though the RES+ or
SET- toggle switch is pushed.
i Information
If the Smart Cruise Control is canceled
by other than the reasons mentioned,
have the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-102
OIK057096N
Smart Cruise Control canceled
If the system is cancelled, the warning chime will sound and a message
will appear for a few seconds.
You must adjust the vehicle speed by
depressing the accelerator or brake
pedal according to the road condition
ahead and driving condition.
Always check the road conditions.
Do not rely on the warning chime.
If any method other than the cruise
toggle switch was used to cancel
cruising speed and the system is still
activated, the cruising speed will
automatically resume when you
push the toggle lever up (RES+) or
down (SET-).
If you push the toggle switch up
(RES+), the speed will resume to the
recently set speed. The vehicle
speed can be resumed only at
15mph (10 km/h).
CAUTION
Always check the road conditions when you push the toggle
lever up (RES+) to resume
speed.
To turn Cruise Control off
Smart Cruise Control Vehicleto-Vehicle Distance
To set Vehicle-to-Vehicle
Distance
Each time the button is pressed, the
vehicle to vehicle distance changes
as follows:
Distance 4
Distance 3
Distance 2
Distance 1
For example, if you drive at 56 mph
(90 km/h), the distance is maintained
as follows:
OOS059053N
OOS059124N
When the Smart Cruise Control system is ON, you can set and maintain
the distance from the vehicle ahead
of you without pressing the accelerator or brake pedal.
Distance
Distance
Distance
Distance
4
3
2
1
-
approximately
approximately
approximately
approximately
172 feet
130 feet
106 feet
82 feet
i Information
The distance is set to the last set distance when the system is used for the
first time after starting the engine.
5-103
5
Driving your vehicle
• Push the CRUISE button (the
cruise indicator light will go off).
If you wish not to use the cruise
control system, always turn the
system off by pushing the CRUISE
button.
Driving your vehicle
When the lane ahead is clear:
When there is a vehicle ahead
of you in your lane:
Distance 4
Distance 3
Distance 2
Distance 1
OOS059047R/OOS059048R/
OOS059050R/OOS059049R
WARNING
OOS057016L
OOS059047R
The vehicle speed will maintain the
set speed.
• Your vehicle speed will slow down
or speed up to maintain the selected distance.
• If the vehicle ahead speeds up,
your vehicle will travel at a steady
cruising speed after accelerating to
the set speed.
• Vehicles appear in LCD display
only if there is a front vehicle.
5-104
When using the smart cruise
control System:
• The warning chime sounds
and the Vehicle-to Vehicle
Distance indicator blinks if
the vehicle is unable to maintain the selected distance
from the vehicle ahead.
• If the warning chime sounds,
depress brake pedal to actively adjust the vehicle speed,
and the distance to the vehicle ahead.
• Even if the warning chime is
not activated, always pay
attention to the driving conditions to prevent dangerous
situations from occurring.
CAUTION
OOS059051L
Take the following precautions :
• Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit.
• If the Smart Cruise Control is
left on, (cruise indicator light
in the instrument cluster is
illuminated) the Smart Cruise
Control can be activated unintentionally. Keep the Smart
Cruise Control system off
(cruise indicator light OFF)
when the Smart Cruise
Control is not in use, to avoid
inadvertently setting a speed.
• Use the Smart Cruise Control
system only when traveling
on open highways in good
weather.
• Do not use the Smart Cruise
Control when it may not be
safe to keep the vehicle at a
constant speed.
5-105
5
Driving your vehicle
If the vehicle ahead (vehicle
speed: less than 20 mph (30
km/h)) disappears to the next
lane, the warning chime will
sound and a message "Watch
for surrounding vehicles" will
appear. Adjust your vehicle
speed for vehicles or objects
that can suddenly appear in
front of you by depressing the
brake pedal.
Always pay attention to the road
condition ahead.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
• Do not use when:
- Driving in heavy traffic or
when traffic conditions make
it difficult to drive at a constant speed
- Driving on rainy, icy, or
snow-covered roads
- When driving on hilly or
windy roads
- Driving in windy areas
- Driving in parking lots
- Driving near crash barriers
- Driving on a sharp curve
- Driving with limited view
(possibly due to bad weather, such as fog, snow, rain or
sandstorm)
- The vehicle's sensing ability
decreases due to vehicle
modification, resulting in a
level difference of the vehicle's front and rear
5-106
- The smart cruise control is
supplemental systems to
assist you. Do not entirely
rely on the systems. Always
pay attention, while driving,
for your safety.
- When using the cruise control mode, you must manually adjust the distance to
other vehicles by depressing
the brake pedal. The system
does
not
automatically
adjust the distance to vehicles in front of you.
Sensor to Detect Distance to
the Vehicle Ahead
OOS057018
The Smart Cruise Control uses a
sensor to detect distance to the vehicle ahead.
If the sensor is covered with dirt or
other foreign matter, the vehicle to
vehicle distance control may not
operate correctly.
Always keep the sensor clean.
Warning message
i Information
The SCC operation is temporarily disabled if the radar is blocked, but if
you wish to use conventional cruise
control mode (speed only control function), you must convert to the cruise
control mode (refer to "To convert to
Cruise Control mode" in the following
page).
CAUTION
• Do not apply foreign objects
such as a bumper sticker or a
bumper guard near the radar
sensor. Doing
so
may
adversely affect the sensing
performance of the radar.
• Always keep the radar sensor
and lens cover clean and free
of dirt and debris.
• Use only a soft cloth to wash
the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the
sensor or sensor cover.
essary force on the radar sensor or sensor cover. If the sensor is forcibly moved out of
proper alignment, the Smart
Cruise Control system may
not operate correctly. In this
case, a warning message may
not be displayed. Have the
vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the front bumper becomes
damaged in the area around
the radar sensor, the Smart
Cruise Control System may
not operate properly. Have the
vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Use only genuine HYUNDAI
parts to repair or replace a
damaged sensor or sensor
cover. Do not apply paint to
the sensor cover.
5-107
5
Driving your vehicle
OTM058061L
Smart Cruise Control disabled.
Radar blocked
When the sensor lens cover is
blocked with dirt, snow, or debris, the
Smart Cruise Control system operation may stop temporarily. If this
occurs, a warning message will
appear on the LCD display. Remove
any dirt, snow, or debris and clean
the radar sensor lens cover before
operating the Smart Cruise Control
system. The Smart Cruise Control
system may not properly activate, if
the radar is totally contaminated, or if
any substance is not detected after
turning ON the engine (e.g. in an
open terrain).
• Be careful not to apply unnec-
Driving your vehicle
SCC Reaction Setting
• Normal:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is normal.
• Slow:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is slower than normal speed.
i Information
OIK057110L
Check Smart Cruise Control System
The message will appear when the
vehicle to vehicle distance control
system is not functioning normally.
Take your vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the system checked.
5-108
OIK057097N
The sensitivity of vehicle speed
when following the front vehicle to
maintain the set distance can be
adjusted. Go to the 'User Settings →
Driver Assistance → SCC Reaction
→ Fast/Normal/Slow' on the LCD
display. You may select one of the
three stages you prefer.
• Fast:
Vehicle speed following the front
vehicle to maintain the set distance
is faster than normal speed.
The last selected smart cruise control
sensitivity remained in the system.
Conventional Cruise Control
Mode
When using the conventional
Cruise Control mode, you must
manually adjust the distance to
other vehicles by depressing
the brake pedal. The system
does not automatically adjust
the distance to vehicles in front
of you.
Limitations of the System
The Smart Cruise Control system
may have limits to its ability to detect
distance to the vehicle ahead due to
road and traffic conditions.
5
Driving your vehicle
The driver may choose to switch to
use the conventional Cruise Control
mode (speed only control function)
by following these steps:
1. Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on. The cruise (
) indicator will illuminate.
2. Push and hold the Vehicle-toVehicle Distance button for more
than 2 seconds.
3. Choose between "Smart Cruise
Control" and "Cruise Control".
WARNING
i Information
When the system is turned OFF using
the CRUISE button or the CRUISE
button is turned ON after the vehicle
is restarted with the POWER button,
conventional cruise control will be disabled and Smart Cruise Control mode
will be enabled again.
5-109
Driving your vehicle
On curves
On inclines
OTM058073
OTM058117
• The Smart Cruise Control system
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and then your vehicle
could accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and apply the brakes or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
5-110
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and
select the appropriate set speed.
Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the
Smart Cruise Control.
OOS057073
• During uphill or downhill driving,
the Smart Cruise Control system
may not detect a moving vehicle in
your lane, and cause your vehicle
to accelerate to the set speed.
Also, the vehicle speed will rapidly
decrease when the vehicle ahead
is recognized suddenly.
• Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and apply the brake or
accelerator pedal if necessary.
Lane changing
Detecting vehicles
OTM058128
Some vehicles in your lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor:
- Narrow vehicles such as motorcycles or bicycles
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile
such as trailers with no loads
5
Driving your vehicle
OTM058074
• A vehicle which moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane cannot
be recognized by the sensor until it
is in the sensor's detection range.
• The radar may not detect immediately when a vehicle cuts in suddenly. Always pay attention to the
traffic, road and driving conditions.
• If a slower vehicle moves into your
lane, your speed may decrease to
maintain the distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• If a faster vehicle which moves into
your lane, your vehicle will accelerate to the set speed.
A vehicle ahead cannot be recognized correctly by the sensor if any of
following occurs:
- When the vehicle is pointing
upwards due to overloading in the
luggage compartment
- While the steering wheel is operating
- When driving to one side of the
lane
- When driving on narrow lanes or
on curves
Apply the brake or accelerator pedal
if necessary.
5-111
Driving your vehicle
OTM058129
OTM058119
OTM058124
• Your vehicle may accelerate when
a vehicle ahead of you disappears.
• When you are warned that the
vehicle ahead of you is not detected, drive with caution.
• When driving in stop-and-go traffic,
and a vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, the system
may not immediately detect the
new vehicle that is now in front of
you. In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance, and if
necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce your driving speed
in order to maintain a safe distance.
• Always look out for pedestrians
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
5-112
WARNING
OOS057022
•
•
•
•
you with a frequent lane
change may cause a delay in
the system's reaction or may
cause the system to react to a
vehicle actually in an adjacent
lane. Always drive cautiously
to prevent unexpected and
sudden situations from occurring.
Always be aware of the selected speed and vehicle to vehicle distance.
The Smart Cruise Control system may not recognize complex driving situations so
always pay attention to driving conditions and control
your vehicle speed.
The smart cruise control
warning tone may not be emitted while other warning tones
are given priority.
For your safety, please read
the owner's manual before
using the smart cruise control
system.
5-113
5
Driving your vehicle
• Always be cautious for vehicles
with higher height or vehicles carrying loads that sticks out from the
back of the vehicle.
When using the Smart Cruise
Control take the following precautions:
• If an emergency stop is necessary, you must apply the
brakes. The vehicle cannot be
stopped at every emergency
situation by using the Smart
Cruise Control system.
• Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and
vehicle speed. If the vehicle to
vehicle distance is too close
during a high-speed driving, a
serious collision may result.
• Always maintain sufficient
braking distance and decelerate your vehicle by applying
the brakes if necessary.
• The Smart Cruise Control system cannot recognize a
stopped vehicle, pedestrians or
an oncoming vehicle. Always
look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of
Driving your vehicle
• The smart cruise control system is not a substitute for safe
driving practices, but a convenience function only. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to always check the speed
and distance to the vehicle
ahead.
• The smart cruise control is
supplemental
system
to
assist you. Do not entirely rely
on the system. Always pay
attention, while driving, for
your safety.
• If the vehicle and trailer are
towed, smart cruise control
may not operate correctly,
care must be taken to deal
with unexpected situations.
5-114
i Information
The Smart Cruise Control system
may not operate temporarily due to:
• Electrical interference
• Modifying the suspension
• Differences of tire abrasion or tire
pressure
• Installing different type of tires
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Rocking the Vehicle
When hazardous driving elements
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud and sand, take the
below suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and keep a longer
braking distance.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• When your vehicle is stuck in snow,
mud, or sand, use second gear.
Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or
other non-slip materials under the
wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes
stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and
do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait
until the wheels stop spinning before
shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal while
the transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in forward and
reverse directions causes a rocking
motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission/dual clutch transmission while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an
accident. The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires
to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and
excessive wheel spin occurs,
the temperature in the tires can
increase very quickly. If the tires
become damaged, a tire blow
out or tire explosion can occur.
This condition is dangerous you and others may be injured.
Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere
near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle,
the vehicle can overheat quickly,
possibly causing an engine
compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the
wheels as much as possible to
prevent overheating of either the
tires or the engine. DO NOT
allow the vehicle to spin the
wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).
5-115
5
Driving your vehicle
Hazardous Driving Conditions
Driving your vehicle
i Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF
before rocking the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking
the vehicle a few times, have the
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle
to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the transmission,
and tire damage. See "Towing" in
chapter 6.
Smooth Cornering
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
5-116
Driving at Night
Driving in the Rain
Night driving presents more hazards
than driving in the daylight. Here are
some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlamps.
• Keep your headlamps clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlamps will make it
much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or
on slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall
makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop
your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
• Replace your windshield wiper
blades when they show signs of
streaking or missing areas on the
windshield.
• Tires should be properly maintained with at least 2/32nds of an
inch of tread depth. If your tires do
not have enough tread, making a
quick stop on wet pavement can
cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. See "Tire Tread" in
chapter 7.
• Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be
wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation
returns.
Hydroplaning
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread
decreases, refer to "Tire Tread" in
chapter 7.
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less
efficient than driving at a slower,
more moderate speed. Maintain a
moderate speed in order to conserve
fuel when driving on the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine
coolant level and the engine oil
before driving.
Drive belt
Highway Driving
Tires
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
Under-inflation may overheat or
damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged
tires, which may reduce traction or
adversely affect vehicle handling.
This could lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
i Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.
5-117
5
Driving your vehicle
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the
water. The best advice is SLOW
DOWN when the road is wet.
Driving in Flooded Areas
Driving your vehicle
Reducing the risk of a rollover
Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility
Vehicle (SUV). SUV's have higher
ground clearance and a narrower
track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road
applications. The specific design
characteristics give them a higher
center of gravity than ordinary vehicles making them more likely to roll
over if you make abrupt turns. Utility
vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended
to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover
crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your
vehicle with heavy cargo on the roof,
and never modify your vehicle in any
way.
5-118
WARNING
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds
than you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
maneuvers.
• Do not modify your vehicle in
any way that you would raise
the center of gravity.
• Keep tires properly inflated.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on
the roof.
WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of
winter quickly wear out tires and
cause other problems. To minimize
winter driving problems, you should
take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
Tire chains
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent
in size and type to the vehicle’s
standard tires. Otherwise, the
safety and handling of your
vehicle may be adversely affected.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
The traction provided by snow tires
on dry roads may not be as high as
your vehicle's original equipment
tires. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
i Information
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
OOS057008
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner than other types of tires, they
may be damaged by mounting some
types of tire chains on them.
Therefore the use of snow tires is
preferred over the use of tire chains.
If the road and weather conditions
require the use of tire chains, be sure
to use tire chains that have been
properly selected for the size of tire
on your HYUNDAI vehicle.
Be sure to follow the guidelines and
installation instructions provided
from the tire chain manufacturer.
5-119
5
Driving your vehicle
You need to keep sufficient distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to
carry include tire chains, tow straps
or chains, a flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,
a window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
Snow tires
Driving your vehicle
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer’s
warranty.
WARNING
The use of tire chains may
adversely affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph
(30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed
limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid
bumps, holes, sharp turns,
and other road hazards, which
may cause the vehicle to
bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked
wheel braking.
5-120
i Information
• Install tire chains on both left and
right front tires. It should be noted
that installing tire chains on the
tires will provide a greater driving
force, but will not prevent side
skids.
• Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
Chain installation
When installing tire chains, follow the
manufacturer’s instructions and
mount them as tightly possible. Drive
slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h))
with chains installed. If you hear the
chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still
make contact, slow down until the
noise stops. Remove the tire chains
as soon as you begin driving on
cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning Flasher and place a
triangular emergency warning device
behind the vehicle (if available).
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing snow
chains.
NOTICE
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
chapter 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in chapter 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
service station.
5-121
5
Driving your vehicle
- When using tire chains:
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage
your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
• Use SAE "S" class or wire
chains.
• If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to prevent
contact with the vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driving
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum
wheels. If unavoidable, use a
wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.47
inch (12 mm) wide to prevent
damage to the chain’s connection.
Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Driving your vehicle
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Do not let your parking brake
freeze
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in chapter 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear selector lever in P
and block the rear wheels so the car
cannot roll. Then release the parking
brake.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
most auto parts outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of antifreeze as these may damage the
paint finish.
5-122
Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
car to be sure the movement of the
front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.
Don't place foreign objects or
materials in the engine compartment
Placement of foreign object or materials which prevent cooling of the
engine, in the engine compartment,
may cause a failure or combustion.
The manufacturer is not responsible
for the damage caused by such
placement.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver’s door sill.
5
Driving your vehicle
Two labels on your driver's door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle’s weight
ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
5-123
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle capacity weight
Tire Loading Information Label
860 lbs. (390 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
■ Type C
■ Type A
Seating capacity
OOS067044N
OOS067046N
■ Type D
■ Type B
OOS067045N
OOS068046N
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.
5-124
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
Towing capacity
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
Steps for determining correct
load limit
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total
weight, or load limit, including
occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If
the GVWR or the GAWR is
exceeded, parts on the vehicle
can break, and it can change
the handling of your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose
control and result in an accident.
5
Driving your vehicle
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your vehicle.
5-125
Driving your vehicle
Example 1
≥
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
+
Cargo Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Example 2
≥
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
+
Cargo Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Example 3
≥
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
5-126
+
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
Certification label
The total weight of the vehicle,
including all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out
the actual loads on your front and
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be
sure to spread out your load equally
on both sides of the centerline.
OBH059070
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle
and vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability, and cause
an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your
vehicle’s tires and possible
tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling-all of which may
result in a crash.
5-127
5
Driving your vehicle
The certification label is located on
the driver’s door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by your warranty. Do
not overload your vehicle.
5-128
WARNING
If you carry items inside your
vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else),
they are moving as fast as the
vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going
and can cause an injury if they
strike the driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the
weight evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle
above the tops of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured
child restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
What to do in an emergency
Hazard warning flasher ........................................6-2
In case of an emergency while driving ..............6-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ........6-2
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3
If the engine will not start ...................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or
Turns Over Slowly .............................................................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but
Doesn't Start ......................................................................6-3
Jump starting ..........................................................6-4
If the engine overheats ........................................6-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-8
Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System .................................6-9
Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-10
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with
Position Indicator ............................................................6-10
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-11
Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-12
If you have a flat tire (With spare tire)...........6-14
Jack and Tools .................................................................6-14
Changing Tires .................................................................6-15
If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit)..6-20
Introduction ......................................................................6-20
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit.......6-21
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit .........................6-22
Using the Tire Mobility Kit............................................6-23
Distributing the sealant .................................................6-24
Checking the tire inflation pressure ..........................6-25
Towing ...................................................................6-27
Towing Service.................................................................6-27
Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-28
Emergency Towing..........................................................6-29
Tie-down Hook................................................................6-30
6
What to do in an emergency
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
To turn the hazard warning flasher
on or off, press the hazard warning
flasher button. The button is located
in the center fascia panel. Both the
left and right turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
OOS067001N
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
6-2
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
If the Engine Stalls While
Driving
• Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If your
vehicle will not start, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a
Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
crossing, if safe to do so, move the
shift lever to the N (Neutral) position
and then push the vehicle to a safe
location.
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If the Engine Doesn't Turn
Over or Turns Over Slowly
If the Engine Turns Over
Normally but Doesn't Start
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead. Do not
apply the brakes immediately or
attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. When the
vehicle has slowed to such a speed
that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off
the road as far as possible and park
on firm, level ground. If you are on
a divided highway, do not park in
the median area between the two
traffic lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press
the hazard warning flasher button,
move the shift lever into P (Park),
and apply the parking brake, and
place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow
the instructions provided later in
this chapter.
• Be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine
starts only when the shift lever is in
N (Neutral) or P (Park).
• Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate
the starter, the battery is drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could cause damage to
your vehicle. See instructions for
"Jump Starting" provided in this
chapter.
Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the engine still does not start, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
What to do in an emergency
If you Have a Flat Tire While
Driving
6
CAUTION
Push or pull starting the vehicle
may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can
lead to damage to the emission
control system.
6-3
What to do in an emergency
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Follow the jump
starting procedure in this section to
avoid serious injury or damage to
your vehicle. If in doubt about how to
properly jump start your vehicle, we
strongly recommend that you have a
service technician or towing service
do it for you.
6-4
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions
carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always
present in battery cells,
is highly combustible,
and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle's
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
i Information
Pb
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulations.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to
jump start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle by push-starting.
1. Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach,
but do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in
the engine compartment at all
times, even when the vehicles are
turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such
as radios, lights, air conditioning,
etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)
and set the parking brakes. Turn
both vehicles OFF.
1VQA4001
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
5. Connect the other end of the
jumper cable to the red, positive
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable
to the black, negative (-) battery/
chassis ground of the assisting
vehicle (3).
6-5
What to do in an emergency
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components with the engine running
or when the ignition switch is
in the ON position.
Jump starting procedure
6
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black,
negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or
the correct ground. Do not lean
over the battery when making
connections.
8. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
If your vehicle will not start after a
few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek
qualified assistance. If the cause of
your battery discharging is not
apparent, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-6
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected
them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from
the black, negative (-) chassis
ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of
the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper
cable from the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive
(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle
(1).
If your temperature gage indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park)
and set the parking brake. If the air
conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until
the coolant has stopped running
or the steaming has stopped. If
there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is
operating. If the fan is not running,
turn the engine off.
WARNING
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had
been in use, it is normal for cold
water to be draining from it when
you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out,
stop the engine immediately and
call the nearest authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
Your
vehicle
is
equipped with a pressurized
coolant
reserve tank. NEVER
remove the engine
coolant reservoir tank/radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are HOT.
Hot coolant and steam may
blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant reservoir
tank/radiator cap. Wrap a towel
or thick rag around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to
release some of the pressure
from the system. Step back
while the pressure is released.
When you are sure all the pressure has been released, continue turning the cap counterclockwise to remove it.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been
lost, carefully add coolant to the
reservoir to bring the fluid level in
the reservoir up to the halfway
mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
CAUTION
Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak in the cooling system and should be checked as
soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-7
What to do in an emergency
While the engine is
running, keep hands,
clothing and tools
away from the moving parts such as the
cooling fan and drive
belt to prevent serious injury.
WARNING
6
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
Check Tire Pressure
• The displayed tire pressure values
may differ from those measured
with a tire pressure gage.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the User Settings mode on
the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User
Settings Mode" section in
chapter 3).
OOS067005N
OOS047119L
OOS047115L
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure /
Tire Pressure Monitor /
TPMS Malfunction Display
(shown on the cluster LCD display)
6-8
• You can check the tire pressure in
the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Display Mode"
section in chapter 3.
• A "Drive to display" message will
appear for the first few minutes of
driving after initial engine start up.
If the tire pressure is not displayed
after a few minutes of driving,
check the tire pressures.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
WARNING
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label. A cold tire
means the vehicle has been sitting for
3 hours and driven for less than 1 mile
(1.6 km) in that 3 hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure. If your
vehicle has tires of a different size
than the size indicated on the vehicle
placard or tire inflation pressure
label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
to continue to function properly.
6-9
What to do in an emergency
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
6
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. The Low Tire Pressure TPMS
Malfunction Indicator does not
illuminate for 3 seconds when
the ignition switch is placed to
the ON position or engine is
running.
2. The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
3. The Low Tire Pressure LCD display remains illuminated
Low Tire Pressure
Telltale
Low Tire Pressure
LCD Display with
Position Indicator
OOS047115L
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illuminated and the warning message is
displayed on the cluster LCD display,
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The LCD position indicator will indicate which tire
is significantly under-inflated by illuminating the corresponding position
light.
If any of your tire pressures are indicated as being low, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering, and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station
or if the tire cannot hold the newly
added air, replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on and the
TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
blink for one minute and then remain
illuminated until you have the low
pressure tire repaired and replaced
on the vehicle.
NOTICE
The spare tire is not equipped with
a tire pressure sensor.
6-10
CAUTION
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
TPMS, the individual tire pressures in the cluster LCD display
will not be available. Have the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
6-11
What to do in an emergency
In winter or cold weather, the
Low Tire Pressure Telltale may
be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not
mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle
from a warm area to a cold area
or from a cold area to a warm
area, or the outside temperature
is greatly higher or lower, you
should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
TPMS Malfunction
Indicator
WARNING
6
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
may illuminate after blinking for
one minute if the vehicle is near
electric power supply cables or
radio transmitters such as police
stations, government and public
offices, broadcasting stations,
military installations, airports,
transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may illuminate if snow
chains are used or electronic
devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation,
etc. This may interfere with normal
operation of the TPMS.
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and LCD position indicator
will come on. Have the flat tire
repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible or
replace the flat tire with the spare
tire.
CAUTION
It is recommended that you do
not use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by HYUNDAI
dealer to repair and/or inflate a
low pressure tire. Tire sealant
not approved by HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure
sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a
tire pressure monitoring sensor.
When the low pressure tire or the flat
tire is replaced with the spare tire,
the Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on. Also, the
TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if
the vehicle is driven at speed above
15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20 minutes.
6-12
Once the original tire equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator and TPMS Malfunction
Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear
after a few minutes, please visit an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem (except for
the spare tire). You must use TPMS
specific wheels. It is recommended
that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator, apply the
brakes gradually with light
force, and slowly move to a
safe position off the road.
WARNING
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
6-13
What to do in an emergency
You may not be able identify a tire
with low pressure by simply looking
at it. Always use a good quality tire
pressure gage to measure the tire's
inflation pressure. Please note that a
tire that is hot (from being driven) will
have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
6
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH SPARE TIRE, IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Jack and Tools
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in
this section when changing a
tire to reduce the risk of serious
injury or death.
CAUTION
OOS067036L
Be careful as you use the jack
handle to stay clear of the flat
end. The flat end has sharp
edges that could cause cuts.
OOS067035L
➀ Jack handle
② Jack
③ Wheel lug nut wrench
The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug
nut wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment under the luggage box
cover.
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
6-14
Turn the winged hold down bolt
counterclockwise to remove the
spare tire.
Store the spare tire in the same compartment by turning the winged hold
down bolt clockwise.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from "rattling", store them in their
proper location.
Changing Tires
WARNING
If it is hard to loosen the tire holddown wing bolt by hand, you can
loosen it easily using the wheel nut
wrench.
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise with the wheel nut
wrench.
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Keep children away from the
road and the vehicle.
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle's tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Move the shift lever into P (Park)
or into R (Reverse) if equipped
with a manual transmission, apply
the parking brake, and place the
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire
you are changing.
6-15
What to do in an emergency
OOS067040
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a
jack causing serious injury or
death to you or those nearby.
Take the following safety precautions:
• Never place any portion of
your body under a vehicle that
is supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a
tire in the lane of traffic.
ALWAYS move the vehicle
completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from
traffic before trying to change
a tire. If you cannot find a level,
firm place off the road, call a
towing service for assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions
on the vehicle and NEVER on
the bumpers or any other part
of the vehicle for jacking support.
• Do not start or run the engine
6
What to do in an emergency
■ Front
■ Rear
OOS067017
OOS067018
OOS067020
6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each in the
order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off of the ground.
7. Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with
two notches. Never jack at any
other position or part of the vehicle. Doing so may damage the
side seal molding or other parts of
the vehicle.
8. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the
ground. Make sure the vehicle is
stable on the jack.
6-16
NOTICE
OOS067019L
• Check the tire pressure as soon
as possible after installing a
spare tire. Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
• Check and tighten the wheel lug
nuts after driving over 30 mile
(50 km) if tires are replaced.
Recheck the tire wheel lug nuts
after driving over 620 mile (1,000
km).
If you have a tire gage, check the tire
pressure (see "Tires and Wheels" in
chapter 8 for tire pressure instructions.). If the pressure is lower or
higher than recommended, drive
slowly to the nearest service station
and adjust it to the recommended
pressure. Always reinstall the valve
cap after checking or adjusting tire
pressure. If the cap is not replaced,
air may leak from the tire. If you lose
a valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible. After changing
tires, secure the flat tire and return
the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. If it is hard to secure
the flat tire, put the flat tire in the luggage compartment.
What to do in an emergency
9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel
lug nut wrench and remove them
with your fingers. Remove the
wheel from the studs and lay it flat
on the ground out of the way.
Remove any dirt or debris from
the studs, mounting surfaces, and
wheel.
10. Install the spare tire onto the
studs of the hub.
11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers onto the studs with the
smaller end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
12. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug
nut until they are tight. After
changing tires, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the
lug nuts to their proper torque as
soon as possible. The wheel lug
nut should be tightened to
79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
6
6-17
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the studs and lug nuts. Make
certain during tire changing that
the same nuts that were
removed are reinstalled. If you
have to replace your lug nuts
make sure they have metric
threads to avoid damaging the
studs and ensure the wheel is
properly secured to the hub.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the
jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the
tire and call for assistance.
6-18
Use of compact spare tires
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully
on the compact spare tire and
always follow the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire
failure and loss of control possibly resulting in an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire
only in an emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle
over 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle's
maximum load rating or the
load carrying capacity shown
on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire continuously. Repair or
replace the original tire as
soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tire.
When driving with the compact spare
tire mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after
installing the compact spare tire.
The compact spare tire should be
inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life
is shorter than a regular tire.
Inspect your compact spare tire
regularly and replace worn compact spare tires with the same size
and design, mounted on the same
wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
NOTICE
When the original tire and wheel
are repaired and reinstalled on the
vehicle, the lug nut torque must be
set correctly. The correct lug nut
tightening torque is 79~94 lbf·ft
(11~13 kgf·m).
CAUTION
Jack label
■ Example
OOS067043
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift lever to the P (Park) position on vehicles with automatic
transmission/dual clutch transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10. Jack manufacture
11. Production date
12. Representative company and
address
6-19
What to do in an emergency
To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the
road conditions to avoid all
hazards, such as a potholes
or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles.
The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and
reduces the ground clearance
approximately 1 inch (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because
of the smaller size, a tire chain
will not fit properly.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow
tires, wheel covers or trim
rings be used with the compact spare wheel.
6
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE (WITH TIRE MOBILITY KIT, IF EQUIPPED)
CAUTION
When two or more tires are flat,
do not use the tire mobility kit
because the supported one
sealant of Tire Mobility Kit is
only used for one flat tire.
WARNING
OOS067009
For safe operation, carefully read
and follow the instructions in this
manual before use.
(1) Compressor
(2) Sealant bottle
The Tire Mobility Kit is a temporary
fix to the tire and we recommend that
the system be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-20
Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit
to repair punctures in the tire
walls. This can result in an accident due to tire failure.
WARNING
Have your tire repaired as soon
as possible. The tire may loose
air pressure at any time after
inflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.
Introduction
With the Tire Mobility Kit you stay
mobile even after experiencing a tire
puncture.
The system of compressor and sealing compound effectively and comfortably seals most punctures in a
passenger car tire caused by nails
or similar objects and reinflates the
tire.
After you ensured that the tire is
properly sealed you can drive cautiously on the tire (distance up to 120
miles (200 km)) at a max. speed of
50 mph (80 km/h) in order to reach a
service station or tire dealer to have
the tire replaced.
It is possible that some tires, especially with larger punctures or damage to the sidewall, cannot be sealed
completely.
Air pressure loss in the tire may
adversely affect tire performance.
For this reason, you should avoid
abrupt steering or other driving
maneuvers, especially if the vehicle
is heavily loaded or if a trailer is in
use.
WARNING
Do not use the TMK if a tire is
severely damaged by driving run
flat or with insufficient air pressure.
Only punctured areas located
within the tread region of the tire
can be sealed using the TMK.
Notes on the safe use of the
Tire Mobility Kit
• Park your car at the side of the road
so that you can work with the Tire
Mobility Kit away from moving traffic.
• To be sure your vehicle will not
move, even when you're on fairly
level ground, always set your parking brake.
• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for
sealing/inflation passenger car tires.
Only punctured areas located within
the tread region of the tire can be
sealed using the tire mobility kit.
• Do not use on motorcycles, bicycles
or any other type of tires.
• When the tire and wheel are damaged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit for
your safety.
• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not
be effective for tire damage larger
than approximately 0.24 in (6 mm).
If the tire cannot be made roadworthy with the Tire Mobility Kit, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a
tire is severely damaged by driving
run flat or with insufficient air pressure.
• Do not remove any foreign objects
such as nails or screws that have
penetrated the tire.
• Provided the car is outdoors, leave
the engine running. Otherwise operating the compressor may eventually drain the car battery.
• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit
unattended while it is being used.
• Do not leave the compressor running for more than 10 min. at a time
or it may overheat.
• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if the
ambient temperature is below
-22°F (-30°C).
• In case of skin contact with the
sealant, wash the area thoroughly
with plenty of water. If the irritation
persists, seek medical attention.
• In case of eye contact with the
sealant, flush your eyes for at least
15 minutes. If the irritation persists,
seek medical attention.
• In case of swallowing the sealant,
rinse the mouth and drink plenty of
water. However, never give anything
to an unconscious person and seek
medical attention immediately.
• Long time exposure to the sealant
may cause damage to bodily tissue
such as kidney, etc.
6-21
What to do in an emergency
The Tire Mobility Kit is not designed
or intended as a permanent tire
repair method and is to be used for
one tire only. This instruction shows
you step by step how to temporarily
seal the puncture simply and reliably.
Read the section "Notes on the safe
use of the Tire Mobility Kit".
6
What to do in an emergency
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit
Connectors, cable and connection
hose are stored in the compressor
housing.
Strictly follow the specified sequence,
otherwise the sealant may escape
under high pressure.
WARNING
Expired sealant
Do not use the Tire sealant after
the sealant has expired (i.e.
past the expiration date on the
sealant container). This can
increase the risk of tire failure.
WARNING
ODE067044
1. Speed-restriction label
2. Sealant bottle and label with
speed restriction
3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to
wheel
4. Connectors and cable for the
power outlet direct connection
6-22
5. Holder for the sealant bottle
6. Compressor
7. ON/OFF switch
8. Pressure gauge for displaying the
tire inflation pressure
9. Button for reducing the tire inflation pressure
Sealant
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Avoid contact with eyes.
• Do not swallow.
Using the Tire Mobility Kit
CAUTION
1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).
OOS067011
2. Connect the filling hose (3) to the
sealant bottle (2) in the direction of
(A) and connect the sealant bottle
to the compressor (6) in the direction of (B).
3. Ensure that the compressor is
switched OFF.
4. Unscrew the valve cap from the
valve of the defective wheel and
screw the filling hose (3) of the
sealant bottle onto the valve.
What to do in an emergency
OOS067010
Detach the speed restriction
label (1) from the sealant bottle
(2), and place it in a highly visible place inside the vehicle
such as on the steering wheel
to remind the driver not to drive
too fast.
OIGH067042
6
CAUTION
Securely install the sealant filling hose to the valve. If not,
sealant may flow backward,
possibly clogging the filling
hose.
6-23
What to do in an emergency
Be careful not to overinflate the
tire and stay away from the tire
when filling it.
Distributing the sealant
CAUTION
Tire pressure
OOS067014
5. Plug the compressor power cord
(4) into the vehicle power outlet.
NOTICE
Only use the front passenger side
power outlet when connecting the
power cord.
6. With the ignition switch in the ON
position, switch on the compressor and let it run for approximately
5~7 minutes to fill the sealant up
to proper pressure. (refer to the
Tire and Wheels, chapter 8). The
inflation pressure of the tire after
filling is unimportant and will be
checked/corrected later.
6-24
Do not attempt to drive your
vehicle if the tire pressure is
below 200 kPa (29 psi). This
could result in an accident due
to sudden tire failure.
OLMF064106
7. Switch off the compressor.
8. Detach the hoses from the sealant
bottle connector and from the tire
valve.
Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its storage location in the vehicle.
WARNING
Carbon monoxide
Do not leave your vehicle running in a poorly ventilated area
for extended periods of time.
Carbon monoxide poisoning
and suffocation can occur.
9. Immediately drive approximately
4~6 miles (7~10 km or, about
10min) to evenly distribute the
sealant in the tire.
Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph
(80 km/h). If possible, do not fall
below a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h).
While driving, if you experience any
unusual vibration, ride disturbance or
noise, reduce your speed and drive
with caution until you can safely pull
off of the side of the road.
Call for road side service or towing.
Checking the tire inflation
pressure
NOTICE
Do not let the compressor run for
more than 10 minutes, otherwise
the device will overheat and may
be damaged.
i Information
The pressure gauge may show higher
than actual reading when the compressor is running. To get an accurate
tire reading, the compressor needs to
be turned off.
CAUTION
If the inflation pressure is not
maintained, drive the vehicle a
second
time,
refer
to
Distributing the sealant. Then
repeat steps 1 to 4.
Use of the TMK may be ineffectual for tire damage larger than
approximately 0.16 in (4 mm).
We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer if the tire cannot be made
roadworthy with the Tire
Mobility Kit.
OOS067011
1. After driving approximately 4~6
miles (7~10 km or about 10 min),
stop at a safety location.
6-25
What to do in an emergency
OIGH067043
2. Connect the filling hose (3) of the
compressor directly to the tire
valve.
3. Plug the compressor power cord
into the vehicle power outlet.
4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to
the recomended tire inflation.
With the ignition swithched on,
proceed as follows.
- To increase the inflation pressure : Switch on the compressor.
To check the current inflation
pressure setting, briefly switch off
the compressor.
- To reduce the inflation pressure: Press the button (9) on the
compressor.
6
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
The tire inflation pressure must
be at least 32 psi (220 kPa). If it
is not, do not continue driving.
Call for road side service or
towing.
CAUTION
Tire pressure sensor
(if equipped with TPMS)
The sealant on the tire pressure
sensor and wheel should be
removed when you replace the
tire with a new one and inspect
the tire pressure sensors at an
authorized dealer.
i Information
When reinstalling the repaired or
replaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,
tighten the wheel lug nut to 79~94
lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
6-26
TOWING
OOS067007L
[A] : Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial
tow-truck
service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures
are necessary to prevent damage to
the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies
or flatbed is recommended.
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle with the
front wheels on the ground as
this may cause damage to the
vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type
What to do in an emergency
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the front wheels off the ground. If any
of the loaded wheels or suspension
components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing
dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
If your vehicle is an AWD vehicle, it
must be towed with a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment with all
the wheels off the ground.
Towing Service
equipment. Use a wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
6
OOS067022
CAUTION
An AWD vehicle should never
be towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transaxle or the
AWD system.
OOS067021
6-27
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
Removable Towing Hook
■ Front
If your vehicle is equipped with
a rollover sensor, place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF or
ACC position when the vehicle
is being towed. The side impact
and curtain air bag may deploy
if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Place the ignition switch in the
ACC position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
OOS067023
■ Rear
CAUTION
Failure to place the shift lever in
N (Neutral) when being towed
with the front wheels on the
ground can cause internal damage to the transaxle.
6-28
OOS067041
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
front or rear bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
Emergency Towing
■ Front
CAUTION
OOS067042
If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking
operations when the vehicle is
being towed. Passengers other
than the driver must not be in
the vehicle.
Always follow these emergency towing precautions:
• Place the ignition switch in the
ACC position so the steering
wheel is not locked. (if equipped)
• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your
own to tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
6-29
What to do in an emergency
OOS067025
■ Rear
If a towing service is not available in
an emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the
vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle with a cable or chain. A
driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
6
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner
while maintaining tension on the
tow rope or chain to start or drive
the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks
and the vehicle may be damaged.
NOTICE
OOS067027
• Use a towing cable or chain less
than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a
white or red cloth (about 12 inch
(30 cm) wide) in the middle of the
cable or chain for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable
or chain remains tight during towing.
• Before towing, check the automatic transaxle/dual clutch transmission for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the automatic transaxle/dual
clutch transmission fluid is leaking,
flatbed equipment or a towing dolly
must be used.
6-30
To avoid damage to your vehicle
and vehicle components when
towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not
pull from the side or at a vertical
angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to
pull a vehicle out of mud, sand
or other conditions from which
the vehicle cannot be driven out
under its own power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to
10mph (15km/h) and drive less
than 1 mile (1.5km) when towing
to avoid serious damage to
transmission. (if equipped with
automatic transmission)
• The vehicle should be towed at a
speed of 15 mph (25km/h) or
less within the distance of 12
miles (20km). (if equipped with
dual clutch transmission)
Tie-down Hook
WARNING
Do not use the tie-down hook(s)
for towing purposes. If the tiedown hook(s) are used for towing, the tie-down hook(s) or
bumper will be damaged and
this could lead to serious injury.
Maintenance
Engine compartment .............................................7-3
Maintenance services ...........................................7-4
Brake fluid ............................................................7-27
Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4
Washer fluid .........................................................7-28
Owner maintenance...............................................7-5
Parking brake .......................................................7-28
Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-27
Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-28
Owner Maintenance Schedule .......................................7-6
Checking the Parking Brake.........................................7-28
Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-7
Air cleaner ............................................................7-29
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items..7-18
Engine oil ..............................................................7-21
Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-21
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-22
Engine coolant......................................................7-23
Checking the Engine Coolant Level............................7-23
Changing Engine Coolant ..............................................7-26
Filter Replacement..........................................................7-29
Climate control air filter .....................................7-30
Filter Inspection...............................................................7-30
Wiper blades .........................................................7-32
Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-32
Blade Replacement .........................................................7-32
Battery...................................................................7-35
For Best Battery Service ..............................................7-36
Battery Recharging ........................................................7-36
Reset Features.................................................................7-37
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) .............7-8
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
(Nu 2.0 MPI)......................................................................7-11
Normal Maintenance Schedule
(Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) .........................................................7-13
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
(Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) .........................................................7-16
7
Tires and wheels ..................................................7-38
Light bulbs.............................................................7-69
Tire Care............................................................................7-38
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-39
Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-40
Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-40
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-41
Tire Replacement ............................................................7-42
Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-43
Tire Traction .....................................................................7-43
Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-43
Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-43
Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-47
All Season Tires...............................................................7-50
Summer Tires ...................................................................7-50
Snow Tires ........................................................................7-51
Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-51
Low Aspect Ratio Tires..................................................7-51
Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Daytime Running Light,
Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker,
Cornering lamp.................................................................7-69
Front fog lamp .................................................................7-74
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-74
Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement ..............7-75
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-77
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement ......................7-78
Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-78
Fuses......................................................................7-53
7
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-54
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-55
Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-57
Appearance care ..................................................7-80
Exterior Care ....................................................................7-80
Interior Care .....................................................................7-85
Emission control system .....................................7-88
Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-88
Evaporative Emission Control System Including
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-88
Exhaust Emission Control System ..............................7-89
California perchlorate notice .............................7-92
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir/
Engine coolant cap
2. Fuse box
3. Battery
4. Brake fluid reservoir
5. Air cleaner
Maintenance
6. Engine oil dipstick
■ Nu 2.0 MPI
7. Engine oil filler cap
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
9. Engine coolant reservoir
10. Engine coolant cap
The actual engine compartment in the
vehicle may differ from the illustration.
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OOS077001/OOS078071N
7-3
7
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An
authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets
HYUNDAI's high service quality
standards and receives technical
support from HYUNDAI in order to
provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
7-4
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
Owner Maintenance
Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury. This
chapter provides instructions only for
the maintenance items that are easy
to perform. Several procedures can
be done only by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified
in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance,
safety or durability of your vehicle
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established by
the U.S. Department of Transportation
and other federal or state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Owner's Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet provided with the vehicle. If you're
unsure about any service or maintenance procedure, have it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
back) to prevent the vehicle
from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.
• If you must run the engine
during maintenance, do so
out doors or in an area with
plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the
battery and fuel-related parts.
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged
for labor, parts and lubricants used.
Maintenance
Performing maintenance work
on a vehicle can be dangerous.
If you lack sufficient knowledge
and experience or the proper
tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work:
• Park your vehicle on level
ground, move the shift lever
into the P (Park, for automatic
transmission vehicle) position, place the ignition switch
in the LOCK/OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and
7
7-5
Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check the for low or under-inflated
tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. This may result in
coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious
burns and other injuries.
7-6
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any
increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or
change in its straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission/
dual clutch transmission P (Park)
function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the brake lights,
turn signals and hazard warning
flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year:
(i.e., every Spring and Autumn)
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather
strips.
• Lubricate door checker.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule
if the vehicle is usually operated where
none of the following conditions apply.
If any of the following conditions apply,
you must follow the Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated short distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions or
sandy areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in
cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy
city traffic during hot weather
above 90°F (32°C).
For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
7-7
Maintenance
• Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean wiper
blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer a fluid.
• Check headlamp alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the seat belts for wear and
function.
At least once a year:
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
SERVICES
7
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI)
MAINTENANCE Months
12
INTERVALS
Miles×1,000 7.5
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
12
ITEM
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
67.5
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168
75
82.5
90
180
97.5 105 112.5
180
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months.
Thereafter, inspect every 15,000 miles or 24 months
Drive belts *1
Engine oil and engine oil filter
R
R
R
I
I
I
Fuel additives *
Air cleaner filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
I
Add fuel additives every 7,500 miles or 12 months
2
R
I
I
I
R
I
I
Spark plugs
Replace every 97,500 miles
Rotate tires
Rotate tires every 7,500 miles
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
I
R
Replace every 15,000 miles or 12 months
At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years :
Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months
Engine coolant
Vacuum hose
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Battery condition
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.
*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
7-8
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE Months
12
INTERVALS
Miles×1,000 7.5
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
12
ITEM
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
67.5
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168
75
82.5
90
180
97.5 105 112.5
180
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/
lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Suspension mounting bolts
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner refrigerant
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner compressor
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Propeller shaft (AWD)
Exhaust pipe and muffler
I
I
I
I
I
I
Automatic transaxle fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
No check, No service required
Rear differential oil (AWD) *3
I
I
I
Transfer case oil (AWD)*3
I
I
I
Maintenance
I
Disc brakes and pads
7
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*3 : Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
7-9
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE Months
12
INTERVALS
Miles×1,000 7.5
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
12
ITEM
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
52.5
60
67.5
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168
75
82.5
90
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel tank air filter *4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter *
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Parking brake
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
180
97.5 105 112.5
180
I
I
I
I
Inspect every 7,500 miles(12,000km) or 12 months,
Replace every 60,000 miles(96,000km) or 48 months
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*4 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
7-10
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Nu 2.0 MPI)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
Engine oil and filter
R
Every 3,750 miles or 6 months
Air cleaner filter
R
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently
A, B, H, I, K
Automatic transmission fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles
A, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Maintenance
Rear brake shoes or disc/pads
I
More frequently
C, D, G, F
7
MAINTENANCE ITEM
DRIVING
CONDITION
A, B, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J, K
7-11
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Parking brake
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Drive shafts and boots
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
R
More frequently
C, E
Propeller shaft (AWD)
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, D, E, G, H, I, J
Rear differential oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, D, E, G, H, I, J
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Severe Driving Conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles
(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km)
in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
7-12
E - Driving in sandy areas
F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)
G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing
J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)
MAINTENANCE Months
12
INTERVALS
Miles×1,000 6
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
10
ITEM
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168
180
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
84
90
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 110 120 130 140
150
72
78
At first, inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months.
Thereafter, inspect every 12,000 miles or 24 months
Drive belts *1
Engine oil and engine oil filter
R
R
R
I
I
I
Fuel additives *
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
I
I
Add fuel additives every 6,000 miles or 12 months
2
Air cleaner filter
Spark plugs
R
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
R
Replace every 42,000 miles
Rotate tires
Climate control air filter
(for evaporate and blower unit)
Maintenance
Valve clearance *
3
Engine coolant
66
Inspect every 60,000 miles or 72 months
Rotate tires every 6,000 miles
Replace every 12,000 miles or 12 months.
At first, replace at 120,000 miles or 10 years :
Thereafter, replace every 30,000 miles or 24 months
7
I
R
*1
*2
: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
: Replace or change.
: The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced excessively.
: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform the operation.
7-13
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE Months
12
INTERVALS
Miles×1,000 6
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
10
ITEM
Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose
I
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168
180
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
84
90
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 110 120 130 140
150
66
72
78
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Vacuum hose
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Battery condition
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes and pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots/
lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Suspension mounting bolts
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner refrigerant
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner compressor
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Propeller shaft (AWD)
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
7-14
I
I
I
I
I
I
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI) (CONT)
MAINTENANCE Months
12
INTERVALS
Miles×1,000 6
MAINTENANCE
Km×1,000
10
ITEM
Exhaust pipe and muffler
I
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
108 120 132 144 156 168
180
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
54
60
84
90
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 110 120 130 140
150
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
66
I
72
I
Dual clutch transmission fluid
I
I
I
Rear differential oil (AWD) *4
I
I
I
Transfer case oil (AWD)*
I
4
I
78
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel tank air filter *
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter *
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
5
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Parking brake
Brake fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
Maintenance
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
5
I
I
I
I
I
Inspect every 6,000 miles(10,000km) or 12 months,
Replace every 48,000 miles(80,000km) or 48 months
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*4 : Transfer case oil and rear differential oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
*5 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
7-15
7
Maintenance
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
Engine oil and filter
R
Every 3,000 miles or 6 months
Air cleaner filter
R
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently
A, B, H, I, K
Dual clutch transmission fluid
R
Every 72,000 miles
C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Rear brake shoes or disc/pads
I
More frequently
C, D, G, F
MAINTENANCE ITEM
7-16
DRIVING
CONDITION
A, B, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J, K
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Parking brake
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Drive shafts and boots
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
R
More frequently
C, E
Propeller shaft (AWD)
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Transfer case oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, D, E, G, H, I, J
Rear differential oil (AWD)
R
Every 75,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, D, E, G, H, I, J
Severe Driving Conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distances of less than 5 miles
(8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km)
in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C- Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads
D- Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
E - Driving in sandy areas
F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)
G- Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
H- Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing
J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7-17
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE ITEM
7
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive Belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel Filter
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the
vehicle driving speed, damage the
emission system, and cause the
hard starting. When a considerable
amount of foreign substances are
accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel
filter should be replaced.
Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate the engine for several minutes,
and check the connections for any
leakages. Fuel filters should be
installed by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
7-18
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Connections
Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation
Hoses (if equipped)
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately.
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be
paid to examine those hose surfaces
nearest to high heat sources, such
as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to ensure
that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler
Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure a new vapor
hose or fuel filler cap is correctly
replaced.
Air Cleaner Filter
A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter
is recommended when the filter is
replaced.
Spark Plugs
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Cooling System
Engine Coolant
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions,
the fluid should be changed at an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter.
NOTICE
Automatic transmission fluid
color is red when new.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transmission fluid will begin
to look darker. This is a normal
condition and you should not
judge the need to replace the fluid
based upon the changed color.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission
malfunction and failure. Use
only the specified automatic
transmission fluid (refer to
"Recommended Lubricants and
Capacities" in chapter 8).
Dual Clutch Transmission
Fluid (if equipped)
Inspect the dual clutch transmission
fluid according to the maintenance
schedule.
Maintenance
Check cooling system components,
such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage
and damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Automatic Transmission Fluid
(if equipped)
7
7-19
Maintenance
Brake Hoses and Lines
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Drive Shafts and Boots
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the engine
and listen carefully for any exhaust
gas leakage. Tighten connections or
replace parts as necessary.
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Brake Fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between the MIN and the MAX
marks on the side of the reservoir.
Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Parking Brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal
and cables.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers
and Rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
7-20
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Steering Gear Box, Linkage &
Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the
engine off, check for excessive freeplay in the steering wheel. Check the
linkage for bends or damage. Check
the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
ENGINE OIL
■ 1.6 T-GDI
Checking the Engine Oil Level
OOS077005
OPDE076067
6. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F and L.
■ 2.0 MPI
Maintenance
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level
ground in P (Park) with the parking brake set. If possible, block the
wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and allow the
engine to reach normal operating
temperature.
4. Turn the engine off and wait about
five minutes for the oil to return to
the oil pan.
5. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
7
OOS077005N
7. If it is near or at L, add enough oil
to bring the level to F.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(refer to "Recommended Lubricants
and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7-21
Maintenance
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your
engine:
• Do not overfill with engine oil.
Add oil in small quantities and
recheck level to ensure engine
is not overfilled.
• Do not spill engine oil when
adding or changing engine oil.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine
components. Wipe off spilled oil
immediately.
Checking the Engine Oil and
Filter
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
7-22
WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used
oil.
ENGINE COOLANT
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season
and before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the Engine Coolant
Level
■ 1.6 T-GDI
The coolant level should be filled
between the F and the L marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring the
level to the F mark, but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, see
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
■ 2.0 MPI
OOS077076N
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
• When adding coolant, use only distilled (deionized) water for your
vehicle and never mix hard water in
the coolant filled at the factory.
• An improper coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol
with phosphate based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
7-23
Maintenance
OOS077007
7
Maintenance
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
Ambient
Temperature
5°F (-15°C)
-13°F (-25°C)
-31°F (-35°C)
-49°F (-45°C)
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze
35
40
50
60
For 1.6 T-GDI
Make sure the coolant cap is
properly closed after refilling
coolant. Otherwise the engine
could be overheated while driving.
■ Engine room front view
OPDE076071
Water
65
60
50
40
i Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to
use for most temperature ranges of
- 31°F and higher.
7-24
WARNING
2. Make sure that the tiny protrusions inside the coolant
cap is securely interlocked.
OTL075062
1. Check if the coolant cap label
is straight In front.
■ 1.6 T-GDI
WARNING
OOS077009
■ 2.0 MPI
Never remove the
engine coolant reservoir tank/radiator cap
or the drain plug
while the engine and
radiator are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious
injury.
The electric motor for
the cooling fan may
continue to operate
or start up when the
engine is not running
and can cause serious injury.
Keep hands, clothing and tools
away from the rotating fan
blades of the cooling fan.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when removing the engine coolant reservoir
tank/radiator cap. Wrap a thick
towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the
first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the
cap, using a thick towel, and
continue turning counterclockwise to remove it.
The electric motor for the cooling fan
is controlled by engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and
vehicle speed. As the engine coolant
temperature decreases, the electric
motor will automatically shut off. This
is a normal condition. If your vehicle
is equipped with GDI, the electric
motor for the cooling fan may begin
to operate at any time and continue
to operate until you disconnect the
negative battery cable.
7-25
Maintenance
OOS077077N
WARNING
7
Maintenance
Changing Engine Coolant
Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause
damage to paint and body trim.
7-26
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine
parts, put a thick towel around the
radiator cap before refilling the
coolant to prevent the coolant
from overflowing into engine
parts, such as the alternator.
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the Brake Fluid
Level
If the level is low, add the specified
brake fluid to the MAX level. The level
will fall with accumulated mileage.
This is a normal condition associated
with the wear of the brake linings. If
the fluid level is excessively low, have
the brake system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle’s body paint, as
paint damage will result.
• Brake fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an
extended time should NEVER be
used as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
• Do not use the wrong kind of
brake fluid. A few drops of mineral based oil, such as engine
oil, in your brake system can
damage brake system parts.
i Information
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come
in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid comes in contact
with your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
Use only the specified brake fluid
(refer to "Recommended Lubricants
and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7-27
Maintenance
OOS077011
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this
could indicate a leak in the
brake system. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
7
Maintenance
PARKING BRAKE
WASHER FLUID
Checking the Washer Fluid
Level
OOS077012
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
7-28
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or
death, take the following safety
precautions when using washer
fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident or damage to paint and body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flames
to contact the washer fluid or
the washer fluid reservoir.
Washer fluid may contain alcohol and can be flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and
avoid contact with skin.
Washer fluid is harmful to
humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
Checking the Parking Brake
OOS057010
Check the stroke of the parking
brake by counting the number of
"clicks" heard while fully applying it
from the released position. Also, the
parking brake alone should securely
hold the vehicle on a fairly steep
grade. If the stroke is more or less
than specified, have the parking
brake adjusted by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Stroke : 5~7 clicks at a force of 44
lbs (20 kg, 196 N)
AIR CLEANER
Filter Replacement
OOS077013
OOS077016
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover
attaching clips and open the cover.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
5. Check that the cover is firmly
installed.
Maintenance
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned
for inspection using compressed air.
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,
as water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
OOS077015
7
7-29
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended intervals (refer to
"Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions" in this chapter).
NOTICE
• Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed. This will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
• Use HYUNDAI genuine parts.
Use of non-genuine parts could
damage the air flow sensor.
7-30
Filter Inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period, it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced earlier.
When you replace the climate control
air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be careful to
avoid damaging other components.
OOS077018
1. With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers on both sides to allow
the glove box to hang freely on the
hinges.
OOS077017
2. Remove the support rod (1).
OPD076026
3. Remove the climate control air filter case while pressing the lock on
the right side of the cover.
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the
arrow symbol (↓) facing downwards, otherwise, it may be noisy
and the effectiveness of the filter
may be reduced.
7-31
Maintenance
OOS077019
7
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Blade Replacement
Contamination of either the windshield
or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield
wiper
functionality.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial
car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window
and the blades with a clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
Front windshield wiper blade
replacement
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
NOTICE
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, arms or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use non-specified wiper blades.
i Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
7-32
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
NOTICE
• In order to prevent damage to
the hood and the wiper arms, the
wiper arms should only be lifted
when in the top wiping position.
• Always return the wiper arms to
the windshield before driving.
OLMB073020
■ Type A
1. Put the front windshield wipers
into the service position.
2. Raise the wiper arm and slightly
rotate the wiper blade assembly to
expose the plastic locking clip.
NOTICE
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it
may chip or crack the windshield.
OLMB073098
OLMB073021
OLMB073099
■ Type B
Maintenance
1. Raise the wiper arm.
NOTICE
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it
may chip or crack the windshield.
7
OLMB073022
OLMB073100
3. Press the clip (1) and slide the
blade assembly downward (2).
4. Lift it off the arm.
5. Install the blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
6. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1).
Then pull down the blade assembly (2) and remove it.
3. Install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
4. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
7-33
Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade
replacement
OTL075051
OTL075050
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out
the wiper blade assembly.
7-34
2. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place.
3. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, have the wiper
blades replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
BATTERY
WARNING
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle’s
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components with the engine running
or when the ignition switch is
in the ON position.
Maintenance
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions
carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is
highly combustible, and
may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
7
7-35
Maintenance
WARNING
For Best Battery Service
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
NOTICE
• When you do not use the vehicle
for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery
and keep it indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully
to prevent battery case damage
in low temperature areas.
7-36
Battery Recharging
OOS077020
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
Always follow these instructions when recharging your
vehicle's battery to avoid the
risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid
burns:
• Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories
and place the ignition switch
to the LOCK/OFF position.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an
area with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when
checking the battery during
charging.
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in
a well ventilated area.
• Watch the battery during
Reset Features
After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 minutes before it is shutoff. The vehicle
may not restart if you shut it off
before the battery had a chance to
adequately recharge. See "Jump
Starting" in chapter 6 for more information on jump starting procedures.
The following items may need to be
reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 or 4 for:
• Power Windows
• Trip Computer
• Climate Control System
• Clock
• Audio System
• Sunroof
i Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery according to your local
law(s) or regulations.
Maintenance
charging, and stop or reduce
the charging rate if the battery
cells begin boiling violently.
• The negative battery cable
must be removed first and
installed last when the battery
is disconnected. Disconnect
the battery charger in the following order:
(1) Turn off the battery charger main switch.
(2) Unhook
the
negative
clamp from the negative
battery terminal.
(3) Unhook the positive clamp
from the positive battery
terminal.
• Always use a genuine
HYUNDAI approved battery
when you replace the battery.
By jump starting
7
7-37
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire failure may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident. To reduce risk of
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,
take the following precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as
wear and damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can
be found in this manual and on
the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar. Always
use a tire pressure gauge to
measure tire pressure. Tires
with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the
spare every time you check
the pressure of the other tires
on your vehicle.
7-38
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause
loss of braking effectiveness,
steering control, or traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
OOS087003
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side center
pillar.
Recommended Cold Tire
Inflation Pressures
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
could result in loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. This
risk is much higher on hot days
and when driving for long periods at high speeds.
CAUTION
• Under-inflation
results in
excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy.
Wheel deformation is also
possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Over-inflation produces a
harsh ride, excessive wear at
the center of the tire tread,
and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.
Maintenance
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or has been driven
for less than one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6
psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air
from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in
chapter 8.
WARNING
7
7-39
Maintenance
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare
tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You
can not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire label located on
the driver's side center pillar or in this
manual. No further adjustment is
necessary. If the pressure is low, add
air until you reach the recommended
pressure. Make sure to put the valve
caps back on the valve stems.
Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and
cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.
7-40
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture could get into
the valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a new
one as soon as possible.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI
recommends that the tires be rotated
according to the maintenance schedule or sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of the tire.
Replace the tire if you find any of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness (proper torque is
79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).
■ Without a spare tire
i Information
ODH073802
WARNING
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause
unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum
wheels. Use only approved wheel
weights.
7-41
Maintenance
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Tires that are asymmetrical or directional can only be installed on the
wheel in one direction. The outside
and inside of an asymmetrical tire is
not easily distinguishable. Pay careful
attention to the markings on the sidewalls of the tires, noting the "outside"
marking and also the rotating direction before installing them on the
vehicle.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
7
Maintenance
Tire Replacement
WARNING
Tread wear indicator
OLMB073027
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the tread surface to
become level with the tread wear
indicators before replacing the tire.
7-42
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY:
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Always replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
• Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, HYUNDAI recommends
that tires be replaced after six
(6) years of normal service.
• When replacing tires (or
wheels), it is recommended to
replace the two front or two
rear tires (or wheels) as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can
seriously affect your vehicle's
handling. If only replacing one
pair of tires, it is recommended to install the pair of new
tires on the rear axle.
• Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the
aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause
sudden tire failure, which
could lead to a loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Wheel Replacement
Tire Maintenance
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
WARNING
The original tire should be
repaired or replaced as soon as
possible to avoid failure of the
spare and loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. The
compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate
your vehicle over 50 mph (80
km/h) when using the compact
spare tire.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when the tread depth is at
least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce
the possibility of losing control, slow
down whenever there is rain, snow or
ice on the road.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
7-43
Maintenance
Compact spare tire replacement
7
Maintenance
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
OLMB073028
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
7-44
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
205/60R16 92H
205 - Tire width in millimeters.
60 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
16 - Rim diameter in inches.
92 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
6.5J x 16
6.5 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
16 - Rim diameter in inches.
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicle tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire’s designed maximum safe operating speed.
Maximum Speed
112
118
130
149
168
186
mph
mph
mph
mph
mph
mph
(180
(190
(210
(240
(270
(300
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
4. Tire ply composition and
material
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
The front part of the DOT shows a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1420 represents
that the tire was produced in the 14th
week of 2020.
5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
7-45
Maintenance
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
W
Y
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
7
Maintenance
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREAD WEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
7-46
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
under-inflation, over-inflation,
or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination,
can cause heat build-up and
possible sudden tire failure.
This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
This means the combined weight of
optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
The relationship of a tire's height to
its width.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
7-47
Maintenance
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grade C
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
7
Maintenance
Bead
DOT Markings
Kilopascal (kPa)
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
The metric unit for air pressure.
A pneumatic tire in which the plies
are laid at alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of the
tread.
A code molded into the sidewall of a
tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle safety
standards. The DOT code includes
the Tire Identification Number (TIN),
an alphanumeric designator which
can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date
of production.
Cold Tire Pressure
GVWR
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Bias Ply Tire
Curb Weight
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
An assigned number ranging from 1
to 279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
GAWR RR
Maximum Inflation Pressure
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Rear axle.
The maximum air pressure to which
a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Intended Outboard Sidewall
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
7-48
Light truck(LT) tire
Maximum Load Rating
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure
for that tire.
A tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
Ply
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
Pneumatic tire
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an
automotive wheel provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that
sustains the load.
Occupant Distribution
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing
sidewall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Pneumatic options weight
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty breaks, ride levelers,
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
special trim.
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
Sidewall
Maintenance
The number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
7
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed at
which a tire can operate.
7-49
Maintenance
Traction
Vehicle Capacity Weight
All Season Tires
The friction between the tire and the
road surface. The amount of grip provided.
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires
on some models to provide good
performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
Tread
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
Treadwear Indicators
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Narrow bands, sometimes called
"wear bars", that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
tread remains.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
7-50
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard
A label permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended
inflation pressure.
Summer Tires
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on
some models to provide superior
performance on dry roads. Summer
tire performance is substantially
reduced in snow and ice. Summer
tires do not have the tire traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
side wall. If you plan to operate your
vehicle in snowy or icy conditions,
HYUNDAI recommends the use of
snow tires or all season tires on all
four wheels.
Snow Tires
Radial-Ply Tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
Low Aspect Ratio Tires
The aspect ratio is lower than 50 on
low aspect ratio tires.
Because low aspect ratio tires are
optimized for handling and braking,
their sidewall is a little stiffer than a
standard tire. Also low aspect ratio
tires tend to be wider and consequently have a greater contact patch
with the road surface. In some
instances they may generate more
road noise compared with standard
tires.
7-51
Maintenance
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Snow
tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard tires
on the tire label on the driver’s side of
the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical pairs of radial-ply
tires should always be used as a set
for the front tires and a set for the
rear tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
7
Maintenance
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of a low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
a standard tire, the rim of the
wheel and the tire itself is more
easily susceptible to damage.
Use caution when driving and
follow the guidelines below to
help minimize damage to the
wheel and tire:
- When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is subjected to a
severe impact, have the tire
and wheel inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- Inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 1,800 miles
(3,000km).
7-52
CAUTION
• It is not easy to recognize tire
damage with your own eyes.
But if there is the slightest
hint of tire damage, have the
tire checked or replaced
because the tire damage may
cause air leakage from the
tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
FUSES
■ Blade type
Normal
Blown
■ Cartridge type
Normal
■ Multi fuse
Blown
Normal
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly
cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the system.
Blown
OLF074075
7-53
Maintenance
Blown
Normal
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver's side panel
bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver's side
fuse panel. Before replacing a blown
fuse, turn the engine and all switches
off, and then disconnect the negative
battery cable. Always replace a
blown fuse with one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
7
Maintenance
Instrument Panel Fuse
Replacement
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not
need for operating the vehicle.
If the headlamps or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are undamaged, check the
fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be
replaced with the same rating.
OOS077026
OOS077028
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
7-54
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
in the engine compartment fuse
panel.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. Spare fuses are provided in the instrument panel fuse
panels (or in the engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Fuse switch
Engine Compartment Panel
Fuse Replacement
i Information
■ Blade type fuse
OOS077027
OOS047142L
OOS077024
If the fuse switch is OFF, the above
message will appear.
■ Cartridge type fuse
NOTICE
• Always place the fuse switch in
the ON position while driving the
vehicle.
• Do not move the fuse switch
repeatedly. The fuse switch may
be damaged.
Maintenance
Always, place the fuse switch to the
ON position.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as the
audio system and digital clock must
be reset and the smart key may not
work properly.
7
OOS077025
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
7-55
Maintenance
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Main fuse
Multi fuse
CAUTION
After checking the fuse box in
the engine compartment securely close the fuse box cover
inside the engine compartment,
until it clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed
properly, water may leak in side,
possibly causing a malfunction
with the electrical system.
OOS077022
OOS077023
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
i Information
7-56
If the main fuse is blown, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Instrument panel fuse panel
Maintenance
OOS077028
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
7
OOS077078N
7-57
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
MODULE 5
7.5A
ATM Shift Lever IND., Electro Chromic Mirror, AMP, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, A/C Control Module,
Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module
MODULE 3
7.5A
Stop Lamp Switch, BCM, ATM Shift Lever
SUNROOF
20A
Sunroof Unit
TAIL GATE
OPEN
10A
Tail Gate Relay
P/WINDOW
LH
25A
Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module
MULTI MEDIA
15A
A/V & Navigation Head Unit
P/WINDOW
RH
25A
Power Window RH Relay, Passenger Safety Power Window Module
P/SEAT (DRV)
25A
Driver Seat Manual Switch
P/SEAT
(PASS)
25A
Passenger Seat Manual Switch
MODULE 4
7.5A
Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Active Air Flap, BCM, Parking Distance Warning Buzzer,
Lane Keeping Assist Unit (Line), 4WD ECM
PDM3
7.5A
Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module
POWER
OUTLET 2
20A
ICM Relay Box(Power Outlet Relay)
7-58
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
INTERIOR
LAMP
7.5A
Glove Box Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Wiresess Charger Unit,
Driver Console Switch, Luggage Lamp
B/ALARM
HORN
10A
ICM Relay Box(Burglar Alarm Horn Relay)
MEMORY
10A
A/C Control Module, Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster, Electro Chromic Mirror
AMP
30A
AMP
MODULE 6
7.5A
Smart Key Control Module, BCM
MDPS
7.5A
MDPS Unit
MODULE 1
7.5A
Active Air Flap, Ignition key Interlock Switch, BCM, Hazard Switch, Data Link Connector, Rain sensor
MODULE 7
7.5A
Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module
Maintenance
A/BAG IND
7.5A
Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Modulee
7
BRAKE
SWITCH
7.5A
Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module
START
7.5A
Transaxle Range Switch(A/T), ECM, ICM Relay Box(Burglar Alarm Relay)
CLUSTER
7.5A
Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster
7-59
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
DOOR LOCK
20A
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box(Two Turn Unlock Relay)
PDM 2
7.5A
Start/Stop Button Switch, Immobilizer Module
FCA
10A
Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Unit
S/HEATER
20A
Front Seat Warmer Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Module
A/C 2
20A
A/C Control Module, Blower Motor, Blower Resistor, E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)
A/C 1
7.5A
A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block(PTC Heater #2 Relay, Blower Relay, PTC Heater #1 Relay)
PDM 1
15A
Smart Key Control Module
AIR BAG
15A
SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
IG1
25A
PCB Block(FUSE : ABS 3, ECU 5, SENSOR 4, TCU 2)
MODULE2
10A
Wiresess Charger Unit, Smart Key Control Module, BCM, A/V & Navigation Head Unit,
ICM Relay Box(Power Outlet Relay), Power Outside Mirror Switch, AMP
WASHER
15A
Muntifunction Switch
WIPER
(LO/HI)
10A
BCM, PCB Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay), Front Wiper Motor
7-60
Protected Component
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
WIPER RR
15A
Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
WIPER FRT
25A
Front Wiper Motor, PCB Block(Front Wiper(Low) Relay)
HEATED
MIRROR
10A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, ECM
POWER
OUTLET 1
20A
Cigarette Lighter
HEATED
STEERING
15A
BCM
Maintenance
7
7-61
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
OOS077029
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to
the fuse panel label.
7-62
OOS077079N
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
ALT
150A
E/R Junction Block (Fuse - ABS 1, ABS 2, 4WD), Alternator
MDPS
80A
MDPS Unit
B+5
60A
PCB Block ((Fuse - HORN, H/LAMP HI, A/C, ECU 4, ECU 3), Engine Control Relay)
B+2
60A
IGPM ((Fuse - S/HEATER), IPS0, IPS1, IPS2)
B+3
60A
IGPM (IPS3, IPS4, IPS5, IPS6, IPS7, IPS8)
B+4
50A
IGPM (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, P/WINDOW RH, TAIL GATE OPEN, SUNROOF, B/ALARM HORN,
POWER OUTLET 2, AMP, P/SEAT (PASS),P/SEAT (DRV))
COOLING
FAN
60A/50A
REAR
HEATED
40A
E/R Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)
Maintenance
Protected Component
BLOWER
40A
E/R Junction Block (Blower Relay)
7
IG1
40A
W/O Smark Key : Ignition Switch
With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (PDM #3 (IG1) Relay, PDM #2 (ACC) Relay)
IG2
40A
W/O Smark Key : Ignition Switch, E/R Junction Block (Srart #1 Relay)
With Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (PDM #4 (IG2) Relay, Srart #1 Relay)
PTC
HEATER 1
50A
E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater #1 Relay)
PTC
HEATER 2
50A
E/R Junction Block (PTC Heater #2 Relay)
E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #2 Relay, Cooling Fan #1 Relay)
7-63
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
TCU 1
15A
TCM
VACUUM
PUMP
20A
Vacuum Pump
FUEL PUMP
20A
E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
B+1
40A
IGPM ((Fuse - BRAKE SWITCH, PDM 1, DOOR LOCK, MODULE 1, PDM 2), Leak Current Autocut Device)
DCT1
40A
TCM
DCT2
40A
TCM
4WD
20A
4WD ECM
ABS 1
40A
ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
ABS 2
30A
ESC Control Module
7-64
Protected Component
Engine compartment fuse panel
■ GAMMA 1.6L T-GDI
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
SENSOR 2
10A
PCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #1 Relay), Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#2, Canister Close Valve
ECU 2
10A
ECM
ECU 1
20A
ECM
INJECTOR
15A
-
SENSOR 1
15A
Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)
IGN COIL
20A
Ignition Coil #1~#4
ECU 3
15A
ECM
A/C
10A
PCB Block (A/CON Relay)
Maintenance
ECU 5
10A
ECM
7
SENSOR 4
15A
Vacuum Pump
ABS 3
10A
ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
TCU 2
15A
TCM, Transaxle Range Switch
SENSOR 3
10A
E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
ECU 4
15A
ECM
7-65
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
H/LAMP HI
10A
PCB Block (Head Lamp(High) Relay)
HORN
15A
PCB Block (Horn Relay)
Engine compartment fuse panel
■ NU 2.0L MPI
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
SENSOR 2
10A
PCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (Cooling Fan #2 Relay, Cooling Fan #1 Relay),
Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Electronic Thermostat, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#3,
Canister Close Valve
ECU 2
10A
-
ECU 1
20A
PCM
INJECTOR
15A
Injector #1~#4
SENSOR 1
15A
Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)
IGN COIL
20A
Ignition Coil #1~#4
ECU 3
15A
PCM
7-66
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
A/C
10A
PCB Block (A/CON Relay)
ECU 5
10A
PCM
SENSOR 4
15A
-
ABS 3
10A
Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module
TCU 2
15A
Transaxle Range Switch
SENSOR 3
10A
E/R Junction Block (Fuel Pump Relay)
ECU 4
15A
PCM
H/LAMP HI
10A
PCB Block (Head Lamp(High) Relay)
HORN
15A
PCB Block (Horn Relay)
Maintenance
Fuse Name
7
7-67
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
(Battery terminal cover)
OOS077035
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to
the fuse panel label.
7-68
OPD076065
NOTICE
After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securely
install the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occur
from water contact.
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer to replace most vehicle light
bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle
light bulbs because other parts of the
vehicle must be removed before you
can get to the bulb. This is especially
true for removing the headlamp
assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
i Information
• Prior to replacing a lamp,
depress the foot brake, move
the shift lever into P (Park)
apply the parking brake, place
the ignition switch to the
LOCK/OFF position, and take
the key with you when leaving
the vehicle to avoid sudden
movement of the vehicle and
to prevent possible electric
shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be
hot and may burn your fingers.
Headlamp, Position lamp,
Daytime Running Light, Turn
signal lamp, Cornering lamp
and Side marker
Type A
OOS077033N
(1) Headlamp (Low)
(2) Headlamp (High)
(3) Daytime running light (if equipped)
/Position lamp
(4) Turn signal lamp
(5) Front fog lamp (if equipped)
(6) Side marker
(7) Side reflex reflector
7-69
Maintenance
The headlamp and tail lamp lenses
could appear frosty if the vehicle is
washed after driving or the vehicle is
driven at night in wet weather. This
condition is caused by temperature
difference between the lamp inside
and outside and, it does not indicate a
problem with your vehicle. When
moisture condenses in the lamp, it will
be removed after driving with the
headlamp on. The removable level
may differ depending on lamp size,
lamp position and environmental condition. However, if moisture is not
removed, we recommend that your
vehicle is inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
7
Maintenance
WARNING
OLMB073042L
• Handle halogen bulbs with
care. Halogen bulbs contain
pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that
could cause injuries if broken.
• Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the
bulb to cool down before handling it.
7-70
• Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids.
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
• A bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlamp.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
■ High/Low beam
OOS077034
[1] : High beam, [2] : Low beam
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb
socket-connector.
5. Remove the bulb from the headlamp assembly.
6. Install a new headlamp bulb and
snap the headlamp bulb retaining
wire into position by aligning the
wire with the groove on the bulb.
7. Connect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
8. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
5. Install a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
7. Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
OOS077038
i Information
Turn signal
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the socket (1) from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
Side marker
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-71
Maintenance
The headlamp aiming should be
adjusted after an accident or after the
headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Position lamp and daytime running
light
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
7
Maintenance
Type B
WARNING
OLMB073042L
OOS078052N
(1) Headlamp (Low/High)
(2) Cornering light
(3) Daytime running light (if equipped)
/Position lamp
(4) Turn signal lamp
(5) Front fog lamp (if equipped)
(6) Side marker
(7) Side reflex reflector
7-72
• Handle halogen bulbs with
care. Halogen bulbs contain
pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that
could cause injuries if broken.
• Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the
bulb to cool down before handling it.
• Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids.
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
• A bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlamp.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
Headlamp
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
7. Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
OOS077038
Cornering Lamp
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket.
Pull the bulb out of the socket.
Turn signal
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the socket (1) from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
7-73
Maintenance
OOS077037
7
Maintenance
5. Install a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
7. Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
Position lamp and daytime running
light
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Side marker
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-74
Front fog lamp (if equipped)
5. Install a new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the housing.
Push the socket into the housing
and turn the socket clockwise.
Side Repeater Lamp
Replacement
OOS077059L
1. Loosen the pin-type retainers of the
under cover and then remove the
undercover.
2. Reach your hand into the back of the
front bumper.
3. Disconnect the power connector
from the socket.
4. Remove the bulb-socket from the
housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the
socket align with the slots of the
housing.
OOS077039
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Rear Combination Light Bulb
Replacement
■ Type A (Standard)
(3) Turn signal lamp
(4) Backup lamp
(5) Side marker
OOS077066L
Maintenance
OOS077040N
■ Type B (LED)
Stop/Tail lamp
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Open the lamp assembly retaining
screw covers.
3. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
7
OOS078041N
(1) Stop/Tail lamp
(2) Tail lamp (Type A),
Stop/Tail lamp (Type B)
7-75
Maintenance
8. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the
assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
OOS077068L
4. Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
6. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7-76
OOS077069L
Tail lamp (Type A)
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the tailgate.
3. Remove the service cover using a
flat-blade screwdriver.
4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the
assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
Tail / Stop lamp (Type B)
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAi
dealer.
High Mounted Stop Lamp
Replacement
7. Remove the high mounted stop
lamp after removing the mounting
nuts.
8. Install a new lamp
9. Reinstall the rear spoiler and the
liftgate upper trim in the reverse
order.
Turn signal lamp / Back up lamp
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OOS077042
Maintenance
Side marker
Your vehicle is equipped with LED
lamps. LED lamps do not have
replaceable bulbs. If the LED lamp
does not operate, have the vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Gently remove the cover of the liftgate trim.
3. Remove the spoiler plug hole.
4. Disconnect the connector and
remove the washer hose and the
plug holes.
5. Remove the mounting nuts.
6. Remove the rear spoiler assembly.
7
7-77
Maintenance
License Plate Light Bulb
Replacement
Interior Light Bulb Replacement
Map lamp, Room lamp, Vanity mirror lamp, Luggage compartment
lamp and Glove box lamp
■ Map lamp (Type A)
■ Room lamp (Type A)
OOS077043
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from the
lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order.
■ Map lamp (Type B)
OOS077053
OOS077044
7-78
■ Room lamp (Type B)
OOS077054
OOS077045
■ Vanity mirror lamp
■ Glove box lamp
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
NOTICE
Use care not to dirty or damage
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
■ Luggage compartment lamp
OOS077046
OOS077047
Maintenance
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens from the interior lamp housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
WARNING
OOS077048
7
Prior to working on the Interior
Lights, ensure that the "OFF"
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
7-79
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior Care
Exterior general caution
Protecting your vehicle's finish
Washing
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, should be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers)or
connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
• Do not use any high-pressure nozzles, which induce either one-direct
water stream or water swirling.
7-80
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water before getting on the
road. If braking performance is
impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
NOTICE
• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and
do not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the
side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water, water may leak through
the windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
OOS077051
NOTICE
7-81
Maintenance
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
Automatic car wash which uses
rotating brushes should not be
used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam
cleaner which washes the vehicle
surface at high temperature may
result the oil to adhere and leave
stains that is difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber
towel or sponge) when washing
your vehicle and dry with a
microfiber towel. When you hand
wash your vehicle, you should not
use a cleaner that finishes with
wax. If the vehicle surface is too
dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the surface with
water before washing the car.
Waxing
A good coat of wax provides a barrier between your paint and environmental contamination.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your
vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
7
Maintenance
NOTICE
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to the
protective coating and cause
discoloration or paint deterioration.
Repairing your vehicle's finish
Bright-metal maintenance
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body
shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector
such as a detergent, an abrasive
and a polish. In case wax is
applied, remove the wax immediately using a silicon remover and
if any tar or tar contaminant is on
the surface use a tar remover to
clean. However, be careful not to
apply too much pressure on the
painted area.
7-82
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is impossible to modify
only the damaged area and repair
of the whole part is necessary. If
the vehicle is damaged and painting is required, we recommend
that you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take
extreme care, as it is difficult to
restore the quality after the repair.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
NOTICE
• Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum
wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, clean the
wheels after driving on salted
roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However,
this is only part of the job. To achieve
the long-term corrosion resistance
your vehicle can deliver, the owner’s
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
7-83
Maintenance
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rusting.
7
Maintenance
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture
that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it is slow to dry and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
7-84
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, pay particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior
parts, wipe them off immediately.
See the instructions for the proper
way to clean vinyl.
NOTICE
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/ alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
Cleaning the upholstery and
interior trim
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may
affect the fabric's appearance and
fire-resistant properties.
7-85
Maintenance
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive
and may damage painted surfaces in
just a few hours. Always remove bird
droppings as soon as possible.
Interior Care
Interior general precautions
7
Maintenance
Leather (if equipped)
• Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in
thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature
and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
products.
7-86
CAUTION
• Wrinkles or abrasions which
appear naturally from usage
are not covered by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside
the back pocket may damage
the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat.
It may change the nature of
natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could
bleach may contaminate the
surface of the seat covering
fabric.
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the seat.
It will prevent abrasion or damage
of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat cover
often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector
may prevent abrasion of the cover
and helps maintain the color. Be
sure to read the instructions and
consult a specialist when using
leather coating or protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream beige)
leather is easily contaminated and
the stain is noticeable. Clean the
seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
Maintenance
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations instantly. Refer to instructions below for
removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated spot.
Wipe off the cream with a wet cloth
and remove water with a dry cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove
oil
instantly
with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover used only for natural
leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
NOTICE
7
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage to the rear
window defroster grid.
7-87
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to ensure the proper function of the emission control systems,
it is recommended that you have
your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
7-88
NOTICE
For
the
Inspection
and
Maintenance Test (with Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch (ESC
OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase Emission Control
System
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control
System Including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR system is
designed to allow the vapors from
the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission system.
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind in
your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
Maintenance
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms-up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
3. Exhaust Emission Control
System
7
7-89
Maintenance
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
7-90
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic converter are very hot
during and immediately after
the engine has been running. To
avoid SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the
vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust
system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.
Also, Do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle, and do not coat
the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Avoid driving with extremely low
fuel level. If you run out of gasoline,
it could cause the engine to misfire
and result in excessive loading of
the catalytic converter.
Maintenance
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control
device.
To prevent damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle, take
the following precautions:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the engine off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
7
7-91
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries,
must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
7-92
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity number ..........................8-9
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................8-10
Vehicle Certification Label .................................8-10
Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-11
Engine Number .....................................................8-11
Consumer Information.........................................8-12
Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-13
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions ..............................................................8-2
Engine ......................................................................8-2
Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3
Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-5
Volume and Weight................................................8-6
Air Conditioning System........................................8-6
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ..........8-7
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
DIMENSIONS
Items
in (mm)
Overall length
163.97 (4,165)
Overall width
70.86 (1,800)
Overall height
61.02 (1,550) / 61.61 (1,565)*1
Front tread
Rear tread
205/60 R16
62.0 (1,575)
215/55 R17
61.53 (1,563)
235/45 R18
61.37 (1,559)
205/60 R16
62.36 (1,584)
215/55 R17
61.88 (1,572)
235/45 R18
61.73 (1,568)
Wheelbase
102.36 (2,600)
* : with roof rack
1
ENGINE
Items
Displacement
cu. in. (cc)
Bore x Stroke
in. (mm)
Firing order
No. of cylinders
8-2
Gamma 1.6 T-GDI
Nu 2.0 MPI
97.09 (1,591)
121.98 (1,999)
3.03x3.36 (77x85.4)
3.18x3.82 (81x97)
1-3-4-2
1-3-4-2
In-line 4 cylinder
In-line 4 cylinder
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb
Low (Type A)
Headlamp
Front
Bulb Type
Wattage
H7
55
High (Type A)
H7
55
Low (Type B)
LED
LED
High (Type B)
LED
LED
Cornering lamp
H7
55
PY28/8W
28
Side marker
LED
LED
Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror)
LED
LED
Daytime running lamp (DRL) / position lamp
LED
LED
H8
35
Turn signal lamp
Fog lamp
Stop/Tail (Type A)
Rear combination lamp
Rear
P21/5W
21/5
Tail (Type A)
W5W
5
Stop/Tail (Type B)
LED
LED
Turn signal
P21W
21
Back up
P21W
21
LED
LED
High mounted stop lamp
Side marker
License plate lamp
Type A
W5W
5
Type B
LED
LED
W5W
5
8
8-3
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Light Bulb
Bulb Type
Wattage
W10W
10
Room lamp (with sunroof)
FESTOON
10
Room lamp (without sunroof)
FESTOON
8
Sunvisor lamp
FESTOON
5
Tailgate room lamp
FESTOON
10
Glove box lamp
FESTOON
5
Map lamp
Interior
8-4
Cold tire inflation pressure kPa(psi)
Item
Tire Size
Wheel Size
205/60 R16
6.5J x 16
Full size tire
215/55 R17
7.0J x 17
235/45 R18
7.5J x 18
Compact spare tire
T125/80 D16
4.0T x 16
Front
Rear
230 (33)
230 (33)
Wheel Lug Nut
Torque
kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m)
11~13
(79~94,107~127)
420 (60)
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are
expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you
plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
8
8-5
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VOLUME AND WEIGHT
Gamma 1.6 T-GDI
Items
Gross vehicle weight
lbs. (kg)
Nu 2.0 MPI
DCT (2WD)
DCT (AWD)
A/T (2WD)
A/T (AWD)
4,045 (1,835)
4,255 (1,930)
3,979 (1,805)
4,189 (1,900)
Luggage volume (SAE)
Behind 1st row : 45.7 (1,296)
Behind 2nd row : 19.2 (544)
cu. ft. (l)
A/T : Automatic transmission
DCT : Dual clutch transmission
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Items
Refrigerant
oz. (g)
Compressor lubricant
oz. (cc)
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
8-6
Weight of Volume
Classification
15.87 (450) ± 0.88 (25)
R-1234yf
4.23 (120) ± 0.35 (10)
PAG
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Engine oil * * (drain and refill)
1
Volume
Classification
2
Recommends
Automatic transmission fluid
Dual clutch transmission fluid
Gamma
1.6 T-GDI
4.76 US qt. (4.5 l)
API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or
ACEA A5/B5 *4
Nu 2.0 MPI
4.23 US qt. (4.0 l)
SAE 5W-20/API Latest (ILSAC Latest)
7.08 US qt. (6.7 l)
MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV,
NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF
SP-IV or other brands meeting the above
specification approved by HYUNDAI Motor
Co.
Nu 2.0 MPI
Gamma
1.6 T-GDI
2.01~2.11 US qt. (1.9~2.0 l)
HK DCTF 70W (SK)
SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF
(H.K.SHELL)
GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)
(API GL-4, SAE 70W)
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
8
8-7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Lubricant
Volume
Nu 2.0 MPI
0.44 ~ 0.49 US qt.
(0.47~0.52 l)
0.36~0.4 US qt.
(0.38~0.42 l)
0.44~0.49 US qt.
(0.47~0.52 l)
Gamma 1.6 T-GDI
7.5 US qt. (7.1 l)
Nu 2.0 MPI
6.8 US qt. (6.5 l)
Gamma 1.6 T-GDI
Transfer case oil (AWD)
Rear differential oil (AWD)
Coolant
Classification
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE75W/90
(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or equivalent)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
(Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for aluminum radiator)
Brake fluid
0.74~0.85 US qt.
(0.7 ~ 0.8 l)
SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV,
FMVSS 116 DOT-4,
ISO 4925 CLASS-6
Fuel
13.2 US gal. (50 l)
Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter.
* : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 : If the API service SM engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL.
*4 : If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use ILSAC GF-3 (or above) or ACEA A3 (or above).
1
8-8
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain
plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant.
This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when
the vehicle is used on unpaved
roads. Cleaning the plug and
dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the
engine and other mechanisms
that could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in
engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended
oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
Temperature
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
°C -30
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
(°F)
50
120
20W-50
Engine
Oil
Gamma
1.6 T-GDI *1
15W-40
10W-30
5W-30, 5W-40
Nu 2.0
MPI *2
10W-30
5W-20, 5W-30
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity
grade 5W-30 (API Latest (ILSAC Latest) or ACEA A5 or above). However, if the
engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the
engine oil viscosity chart.
*2 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity
grade SAE 5W-20/API Latest (ILSAC Latest). However, if the engine oil is not
available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
An engine oil displaying this API Certification Mark conforms to the
international Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It
is recommended to only use engine oils that uphold this API
Certification Mark.
8-9
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
■ Frame number
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
■ VIN label
OOS087001
OOS087006L
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters
pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the floor
under the passenger seat. To check
the number, open the cover.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
8-10
OOS087002
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver's side center pillar gives
the Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN).
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI
OOS087004
OOS087003
■ Nu 2.0 MPI
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
8
OAD085009L
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
8-11
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you
may have as you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner’s Manual, particularly the
information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact your nearest
HYUNDAI Motor America Regional Office as listed in the following:
Eastern Region:
Connecticut, Delaware,
Maine,
Massachusetts,
New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
Pennsylvania,
Rhode
Island,
Vermont.
Eastern Region
1122 Cranbury South River Road
Jamesburg, NJ 08831
(800) 633-5151
Southern Region:
Florida, Georgia, Maryland, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia,
West Virginia.
Southern Region
3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway
Suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066
(800) 633-5151
8-12
South Central Region:
Alabama, Arkansas, Louisiana,
Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma,
Tennessee, Texas.
South Central Region
1421 South Beltline Road, Suite 400
Coppell, TX 75019
(800) 633-5151
Central Region:
Illinois, Indiana, lowa, Kentucky,
Michigan, Minnesota, Nebraska,
North Dakota, South Dakota, Ohio,
Wisconsin, Kansas, Missouri.
Central Region
2 Trans Am Plaza Dr #500 Oakbrook
Terrace, IL 60181
(800) 633-5151
Western Region:
Alaska, Hawaii, Arizona, California,
Colorado, Idaho, Montana, Nevada,
Oregon,
Utah,
Washington,
Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue P.O.Box
20850 Fountain Valley, California
92728-0850
(800) 633-5151
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI
MOTOR AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
8
8-13
Index
I
Index
A
Accessing Your Vehicle ....................................................3-3
Immobilizer System....................................................3-11
Remote Key..................................................................3-3
Smart Key.....................................................................3-6
Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System.....2-45
Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-67
Air Bag Warning Labels.............................................2-67
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...................2-50
Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-56
SRS Care ....................................................................2-66
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates..................2-55
Where Are the Air Bags? ...........................................2-47
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-61
Air cleaner.......................................................................7-29
Filter Replacement .....................................................7-29
Air Conditioning System ..................................................8-6
All Wheel Drive (AWD).................................................5-40
AWD operation...........................................................5-41
Emergency precautions ..............................................5-44
Appearance care..............................................................7-80
Exterior Care ..............................................................7-80
Interior Care ...............................................................7-85
I-2
Automatic Climate Control System..............................3-118
Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-119
Manual Temperature Control Mode.........................3-120
System Maintenance ................................................3-125
System Operation .....................................................3-123
Automatic Transmission .................................................5-14
Automatic Transmission Operation............................5-14
Good Driving Practices ..............................................5-18
B
Battery.............................................................................7-35
Battery Recharging.....................................................7-36
For Best Battery Service ............................................7-36
Reset Features ............................................................7-37
Before driving ...................................................................5-4
Before Entering the Vehicle .........................................5-4
Before Starting .............................................................5-4
Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ................5-47
BCW (Blind-spot Collision Warning)........................5-48
Detecting sensor .........................................................5-52
Limitations of the System ..........................................5-53
RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning) ........5-50
Brake fluid ......................................................................7-27
Checking the Brake Fluid Level ................................7-27
Braking system ...............................................................5-29
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-32
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator........................................5-30
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) .................................5-37
Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-34
Good Braking Practices..............................................5-39
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-37
Parking Brake .............................................................5-30
Power Brakes..............................................................5-29
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-36
Bulb Wattage.....................................................................8-3
C
Declaration of conformity .............................................5-55
Dimensions .......................................................................8-2
Door Locks .....................................................................3-13
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ..............3-16
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ..............................3-17
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle .........3-14
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ......3-13
Drive Mode Integrated Control System .........................5-46
Driver Assist System.....................................................3-105
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system ...........3-106
Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system
Precautions ............................................................3-109
Rear view monitor....................................................3-105
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system ......................5-89
Resetting the System ..................................................5-90
System Malfunction ...................................................5-91
System Setting and Activation ...................................5-89
System Standby ..........................................................5-91
Dual clutch transmission.................................................5-20
Dual Clutch Transmission Operation .........................5-20
Good Driving Practices ..............................................5-27
Index
California perchlorate notice ..........................................7-92
Child Restraint System (CRS) ........................................2-34
Children Always in the Rear ......................................2-34
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-37
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-35
Climate Control Additional Features ............................3-132
Automatic Ventilation...............................................3-132
Cluster ionizer ..........................................................3-132
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation .............................3-132
Climate control air filter .................................................7-30
Filter Inspection..........................................................7-30
Consumer Information....................................................8-12
Cruise control..................................................................5-93
Cruise Control operation ............................................5-93
D
I
I-3
Index
E
Emission control system .................................................7-88
Crankcase Emission Control System .........................7-88
Evaporative Emission Control System Including
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........7-88
Exhaust Emission Control System .............................7-89
Engine ...............................................................................8-2
Engine Compartment.................................................1-6, 7-3
Engine coolant ................................................................7-23
Changing Engine Coolant ..........................................7-26
Checking the Engine Coolant Level ..........................7-23
Engine Number ...............................................................8-11
Engine oil........................................................................7-21
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ...........................7-22
Checking the Engine Oil Level..................................7-21
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-18
Exterior Features .................................................3-43, 3-144
Fuel Filler Door..........................................................3-46
Hood ...........................................................................3-43
Liftgate .......................................................................3-44
Roof Side Rails ........................................................3-144
Exterior Overview.............................................................1-2
I-4
F
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA) system
- Camera type ..............................................................5-56
FCA Sensor ................................................................5-60
FCA Warning Message and System Control..............5-58
Limitations of the System ..........................................5-64
System Malfunction ...................................................5-62
System Setting and Activation ...................................5-56
Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA) system
- sensor fusion type (Front radar + Front camera) ......5-69
System Setting and Activation ...................................5-69
FCA Sensor ................................................................5-73
FCA Warning Message and System Control..............5-71
Limitations of the System ..........................................5-76
System Malfunction ...................................................5-74
Fuses ...............................................................................7-53
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement .........7-55
Fuse/Relay Panel Description ....................................7-57
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ..........................7-54
H
Hazard warning flasher.....................................................6-2
Head Up Display (HUD) ................................................3-87
I
I-5
Index
If the engine overheats......................................................6-6
If the engine will not start.................................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or
Turns Over Slowly ....................................................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally
but Doesn't Start........................................................6-3
If you have a flat tire (With spare tire)...........................6-14
Changing Tires ...........................................................6-15
Jack and Tools ............................................................6-14
If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) .................6-20
Checking the tire inflation pressure ...........................6-25
Components of the Tire Mobility Kit.........................6-22
Distributing the sealant ..............................................6-24
Introduction ................................................................6-20
Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit ..........6-21
Using the Tire Mobility Kit........................................6-23
Ignition switch ..................................................................5-6
Engine Start/Stop Button..............................................5-9
Key Ignition Switch .....................................................5-6
Important Safety Precautions............................................2-2
Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................2-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt........................................2-2
Control Your Speed ......................................................2-2
Driver Distraction.........................................................2-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ..........................2-2
Restrain All Children....................................................2-2
Infotainment System .........................................................4-2
Antenna ........................................................................4-2
Audio (Display Audio) / Video
/ Navigation System (AVN) .......................................4-4
AUX, USB and iPod® Port ..........................................4-2
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Hands-Free..............4-4
Steering Wheel Audio Controls....................................4-3
In case of an emergency while driving.............................6-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ...........6-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving...............................6-2
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving.........................6-3
Instrument Cluster...........................................................3-49
Gauges and Meters .....................................................3-51
Instrument Cluster Control.........................................3-50
LCD Display Messages..............................................3-67
Transmission shift indicator .......................................3-54
Warning and Indicator Lights.....................................3-55
Instrument Panel Overview ..............................................1-5
Interior Features ............................................................3-135
Cargo Area Cover.....................................................3-142
Clock ........................................................................3-140
Clothes Hanger .........................................................3-140
Cup Holder ...............................................................3-135
Floor Mat Anchor(s).................................................3-141
Luggage Net Holder .................................................3-141
Luggage tray.............................................................3-144
Power Outlet.............................................................3-137
Sunvisor....................................................................3-136
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ..............3-138
I
Index
Interior Overview..............................................................1-4
J
Jump starting.....................................................................6-4
L
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...............................5-81
Limitations of the System ..........................................5-87
LKA system Function Change ...................................5-88
LKA system Operation...............................................5-82
Warning Light and Message.......................................5-86
LCD Display ...................................................................3-72
LCD Display Control .................................................3-72
LCD Display Modes ..................................................3-73
Light bulbs ......................................................................7-69
Front fog lamp............................................................7-74
Headlamp, Parking Lamp, Daytime Running Light,
Turn Signal Lamp and Side Marker,
Cornering lamp .......................................................7-69
High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement....................7-77
Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...............................7-78
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement......................7-78
Rear Combination Light Bulb Replacement..............7-75
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement .............................7-74
Lighting...........................................................................3-90
Exterior Lights............................................................3-90
Interior Lights.............................................................3-98
Smart cornering lamp .................................................3-97
Welcome System ......................................................3-100
M
Maintenance services ........................................................7-4
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4
Owner's Responsibility.................................................7-4
Manual Climate Control System...................................3-110
Heating and Air Conditioning ..................................3-111
System Maintenance.................................................3-116
System Operation .....................................................3-114
Mirrors ............................................................................3-21
Inside Rearview Mirror ..............................................3-21
Side View Mirrors ......................................................3-31
O
Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5
Owner Maintenance Schedule......................................7-6
P
Parking brake ..................................................................7-28
Checking the Parking Brake ......................................7-28
I-6
R
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities........................8-7
Recommended SAE viscosity number.........................8-9
Reporting Safety Defects ................................................8-13
S
I-7
Index
Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
(Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)................................................7-16
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
(Nu 2.0 MPI) ...........................................................7-11
Normal Maintenance Schedule
(Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)................................................7-13
Normal Maintenance Schedule (Nu 2.0 MPI) .............7-8
Seat Belts ........................................................................2-21
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ....................2-30
Care of Seat Belts.......................................................2-33
Seat Belt Restraint System .........................................2-23
Seat Belt Safety Precautions ......................................2-21
Seat Belt Warning Light.............................................2-22
Seats ..................................................................................2-3
Front Seats....................................................................2-5
Head Restraints ..........................................................2-14
Rear Seats ...................................................................2-11
Safety Precautions ........................................................2-4
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats.....................2-18
Smart Cruise Control system ..........................................5-98
Conventional Cruise Control Mode .........................5-109
Limitations of the System ........................................5-109
SCC Reaction Setting...............................................5-108
Sensor to Detect Distance to the Vehicle Ahead......5-106
Smart Cruise Control Speed.......................................5-99
Smart Cruise Control Switch .....................................5-98
Smart Cruise Control Vehicle-to-Vehicle Distance..5-103
Special driving conditions.............................................5-115
Driving at Night........................................................5-116
Driving in Flooded Areas .........................................5-117
Driving in the Rain...................................................5-116
Hazardous Driving Conditions.................................5-115
Highway Driving ......................................................5-117
Reducing the risk of a rollover.................................5-118
Rocking the Vehicle..................................................5-115
Smooth Cornering ....................................................5-116
Steering Wheel................................................................3-18
Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-18
Heated Steering Wheel (for Canada) .........................3-20
Horn............................................................................3-21
Tilt Steering / Telescope Steering ..............................3-19
Storage Compartment ...................................................3-133
Center Console Storage............................................3-133
Glove Box ................................................................3-133
Multi Box .................................................................3-134
Sunglass Holder........................................................3-134
I
Index
Sunroof............................................................................3-39
Resetting the sunroof..................................................3-41
Sliding the sunroof .....................................................3-40
Sunroof Open Warning...............................................3-42
Sunroof opening and closing......................................3-40
Sunshade.....................................................................3-41
Tilting the sunroof ......................................................3-40
T
Theft-Alarm System .......................................................3-18
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......................6-8
Changing a Tire with TPMS ......................................6-12
Check Tire Pressure......................................................6-8
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with
Position Indicator ....................................................6-10
Low Tire Pressure Telltale..........................................6-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................................6-9
TPMS Malfunction Indicator .....................................6-11
Tire Specification and Pressure Label ............................8-11
Tires and wheels ......................................................7-38, 8-5
All Season Tires .........................................................7-50
Check Tire Inflation Pressure.....................................7-40
Low Aspect Ratio Tires..............................................7-51
Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................7-51
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures.............7-39
Snow Tires..................................................................7-51
Summer Tires .............................................................7-50
Tire Care.....................................................................7-38
I-8
Tire Maintenance........................................................7-43
Tire Replacement........................................................7-42
Tire Rotation...............................................................7-40
Tire Sidewall Labeling ...............................................7-43
Tire Terminology and Definitions..............................7-47
Tire Traction ...............................................................7-43
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...........................7-41
Wheel Replacement....................................................7-43
Towing ............................................................................6-27
Emergency Towing.....................................................6-29
Removable Towing Hook...........................................6-28
Tie-down Hook...........................................................6-30
Towing Service...........................................................6-27
Trailer towing................................................................5-128
Trip Computer.................................................................3-83
V
Vehicle Certification Label .............................................8-10
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).............................8-10
Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-123
Tire Loading Information Label...............................5-124
Volume and Weight...........................................................8-6
W
Washer fluid ....................................................................7-28
Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..............................7-28
Windows .........................................................................3-35
Power Windows..........................................................3-36
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging .........................3-127
Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature
with Automatic Temperature Control System) .....3-129
Rear Window Defroster............................................3-131
Winter driving ...............................................................5-101
Snow or Icy Conditions............................................5-101
Winter Precautions ...................................................5-103
Wiper blades ...................................................................7-32
Blade Inspection .........................................................7-32
Blade Replacement.....................................................7-32
Wipers and Washers......................................................3-101
Rear Window Wiper and Washer .............................3-104
Windshield Washers .................................................3-103
Windshield Wipers ...................................................3-101
Index
I
I-9